Wikipedia nsowiki https://nso.wikipedia.org/wiki/Letlakala_la_pele MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.10 first-letter Media Special Bolediša Mošomi Boledišana le Mošomi Wikipedia Dipolelo tša Wikipedia Seswantšho Poledišano ya Seswantšho MediaWiki Poledišano ya MediaWiki Template Poledišano ya Template Thušo Poledišano ya Thušo Setensele Poledišano ya Setensele TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Event Event talk 1 606 55138 52013 2026-07-09T07:01:06Z Joyful05 8650 /* Bošušumetša */ 55138 wikitext text/x-wiki == Visual Editor == We need to get the editor on this wiki. It would help get people who are willing to contribute but are not that happy to do text edits. [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] ^{[[User talk:Mohau|Talk]]} 11:04, 27 Diphalane 2016 (SAST) * Visual Editor is available for Beta Testing... [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] ^{[[User talk:Mohau|Talk]]} 09:52, 2 Dibatsela 2016 (SAST) == Bošušumetša == Anyone knows what Bošušumetša is? [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] 18:33, 5 November 2008 (UTC) I think we should remove it, have no idea what it is. I cant help on that one but ''go sussumetsa'' is to force through pushing mostly to a heat concentrated environment. Is widely used when dry cattle dung (disu in N. Sotho) is forced underneath the 3-legged pot for fire. Futher more the BO as a prefix to the word makes it a place as per language structure. kgomo waKganakga (motlokwa yo mogolo,2010'02) Motšhošetši is terrorist, so that might have been the intent. [[User:Boitumelo|Boitumelo]] 17:49, 5 September 2009 (UTC) User Mohau, I agree with you, Bošušumetša is incorrectly spelt; the user meant to say gošušumetša, which means to forcefully push through. Mohlala/example: O šušumeditse merwalo ya gagwe ka gare ga koloi ya go tlala kudu. == Thutaswika == Any idea what this might be, Geology maybe? But then Geology includes liquids and it is not just the study of rocks. [[User:Boitumelo|Boitumelo]] 19:24, 5 September 2009 (UTC) Thutaswika is definately Geology irrespective of what the study details. It should be noted that language has been in existance for a long time and our forefathers where not studing in fields like Geology. Kgomo waKganakga 2010'02 == Question about geographical names == Can anyone translate to Sepedi geographical names listed below? [[User:Aotearoa|Aotearoa]] 08:21, 11 November 2009 (UTC) *Crocodile River *Bushveld *Veld *Murchison Range *Kruger National Park *Transvaal == Help Needed == '''Century and Decade''' I have changed the template on the dates artles to use Year Nav as attached on this page. {{Year_nav|2010}} Can anyone please add the missing articles to the project. Thanks in Advance [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] 13:24, 8 January 2010 (UTC) * Done Ngwagakete 1,2,3 and 4 [[User:Fahlaza|Fahlaza]] 19:00, 10 January 2010 (UTC) ==VisualEditor coming to this wiki== Hello. Please excuse the English. I would be grateful if you can translate this message! VisualEditor is coming to this project on December 2, 2013. VisualEditor is software in development to allow people to edit pages in MediaWiki without needing to learn wikitext syntax (like typing <nowiki>[[</nowiki> to start a link). It is already available and in use on some Wikipedia projects. Please see [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/FAQ]] for more information. When this software arrives, you will have the option to use it or to use the current wikitext editor. When you press “edit”, you will get the new VisualEditor software. To use the wikitext editor, you can press “edit source”. For more information about how to use VisualEditor, see [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/User guide]]. We hope that this software will be useful to people in your community, and we can really use your help to make it better! Please let us know if you find any problems. If you're willing and able, please [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/How to report a bug|report the issue in bugzilla]] in the [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=VisualEditor&format=guided "VisualEditor" product]. If you would prefer not, please explain the issue you found on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|central feedback page]] on mediawiki.org. Once VisualEditor is made available, if there are any urgent problems, like an unexpected bug suddenly causing widespread severe problems, please e-mail James Forrester, the Product Manager, at jforrester@wikimedia.org for immediate attention. We would also appreciate help with translation with the pages about VisualEditor here and on MediaWiki.org, and its user interface. To translate the user interface, start by creating an account at [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Special%3AFirstSteps&type=on TranslateWiki]. Once your account request is approved, all you need to do is select your language from [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-visualeditor#sortable:3=desc this list]. This will give you a list of individual lines and paragraphs. The English original will be on one side, with the option to “edit” on the other. Pressing “edit” will open an edit window where you can work. The User Guide is another important document. To translate this, simply go to [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|the MediaWiki.org page]], and select “translate this page”. Your language should be available from the drop-down menu on the right. If you want to help with translations and would like to talk about how, please leave a message for me on my talk page. Thank you, and happy editing! --[[Mošomi:PEarley (WMF)|PEarley (WMF)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:PEarley (WMF)|talk]]) 21:44, 19 Dibatsela 2013 (SAST) == VisualEditor global newsletter—June 2014 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> This is a <u>one-time mailing</u> to projects that may need this information. Future newsletters will be available as '''opt-in only'''. To receive future newsletters (about one per month), please '''add your page to the subscribers' list at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter]]. You're welcome to translate to your language.''' <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#A7D7F9;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <br /> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:VisualEditor - Toolbar - Formatting.png|alt=The character formatting menu|centre|frameless|316x316px]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> The character formatting menu, or "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-style-tooltip}}" menu lets you set bold, italic, and other text styles. "Clear formatting" removes all text styles and removes links to other pages. Do you think that clear formatting should remove links? Are there changes you would like to see for this menu? [[:mw:Thread:VisualEditor/Feedback/Clearing formatting_and_links|Share your opinion at MediaWiki.org]]. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> ''The [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] team is mostly working to fix bugs, improve performance, reduce technical debt, and other infrastructure needs. You can find [[:mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]] weekly updates detailing recent work.'' * They have moved the "{{int:visualeditor-dialog-command-help-title}}" link out of the "{{int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}}" menu, into the "{{int:visualeditor-help-tool}}" menu. Within dialog boxes, buttons are now more accessible (via the Tab key) from the keyboard. * You can now '''see the target of the link''' when you click on it, without having to open the inspector. * The team also expanded '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Portal/TemplateData|TemplateData]]''': You can now add a parameter type  "<code>date"</code> for dates and times in the [[w:ISO 8601|ISO 8601]] format, and  "<code>boolean"</code> for values which are true or false. Also, templates that redirect to other templates (like <code><nowiki>{{citeweb}}</nowiki></code> → <code><nowiki>{{cite web}}</nowiki></code>) now get the TemplateData of their target ([[bugzilla:50964|bug 50964]]). You can test TemplateData by editing [[:mw:Template:Sandbox/doc]]. * Category: and File: pages now display their contents correctly after saving an edit ([[bugzilla:65349|bug 65349]], [[bugzilla:64239|bug 64239]]) * They have also improved '''reference editing''': You should no longer be able to add empty citations with VisualEditor (bug 64715), as with references. When you edit a reference, you can now empty it and click the "use an existing reference" button to replace it with another reference instead.  * It is now possible to edit '''inline images''' with VisualEditor. Remember that inline images cannot display captions, so existing captions get removed. Many other bugs related to images were also fixed. * You can now add and edit <code><nowiki>{{DISPLAYTITLE}}</nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki>__DISAMBIG__</nowiki></code> in the "{{int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}}" menu, rounding out the full set of page options currently planned. * The tool to insert '''special characters''' is now wider and simpler.</div> === Looking ahead === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The VisualEditor team has posted a draft of their goals for the next fiscal year. You can read them and suggest changes [[:mw:Wikimedia Engineering/2014-15 Goals#Editing|on MediaWiki.org]]. The team posts details about planned work on [[:mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor's roadmap]]. You will soon be able to '''drag-and-drop text''' as well as images. If you drag an image to a new place, it won't let you place it in the middle of a paragraph. All dialog boxes and windows will be simplified based on user testing and feedback. The VisualEditor team [[:mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''autofill features''']]''' for citations'''. <mark>Your [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Reference Dialog|ideas about making referencing quick and easy]] are still wanted.</mark> Support for '''upright image sizes''' is being developed. The designers are also working on support for '''viewing and editing hidden HTML comments''' and '''adding rows and columns to tables'''. </div> === Supporting your wiki === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Please read [[:mw:VisualEditor/Citation tool|VisualEditor/Citation tool]] for information on configuring the new '''citation template menu''', labeled "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}". This menu will not appear unless it has been configured on your wiki. If you speak a language other than English, '''we need your help with translating [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]]'''. The guide is out of date or incomplete for many languages, and what's on your wiki may not be the most recent translation. Please [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/TranslationCentral#Getting_started_with_translations|contact us]] if you need help getting started with translation work on MediaWiki.org. VisualEditor can be made available to most non-Wikipedia projects. If your community would like to test VisualEditor, please contact product manager [[:m:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]] or file an enhancement request in Bugzilla. Please share your questions, suggestions, or problems by posting a note at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]] or by joining the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] on '''Saturday, 19 July 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=21&min=00&sec=0&day=19&month=07&year=2014 21:00 UTC]''' (daytime for the Americas and Pacific Islands) or on '''Thursday, 14 August 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 9:00 UTC]''' (daytime for Europe, Middle East, Asia). If you'd like to get this newsletter on your own page (about once a month), please subscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]] (or at [[:w:en:Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Newsletter]] for English Wikipedia only). Thank you! --[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 00:33, 26 Phupu 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter_2&oldid=9006419 --> == Updates related to VisualEditor == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> :''Please help translate this message in your language. Thanks :) '' Hi, everybody. This is a reminder that we invite you to discuss VisualEditor's recent development and plans ahead during the '''[[:m:IRC office hours|next office hours]]''' with James Forrester (Product Manager): *[http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 Thursday, August 14, 9:00 UTC]; *[http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=16&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=09&year=2014 Thursday, September 18, 16:00 UTC]. If you are not able to attend but have a question for James, you can leave your question [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|at mediawiki.org]] or on my talk page <u>by the day before</u>, and I will try to get a response. We plan to continue these monthly sessions as long as there is community interest, and to announce them through the '''[[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|VisualEditor global newsletter]]''' as well (please subscribe your talk page there to get the latest news about the software). Most of the VisualEditor team will be at '''[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page Wikimania in London]''' in August! You'll be able to meet the developers during the Hackaton or at the following sessions: *[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Submissions/VisualEditor_%E2%80%94_helping_users_edit_more_easily VisualEditor — helping users edit more easily], Saturday, August 9; *[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Submissions/VisualEditor_—_engineering_against_the_odds VisualEditor — engineering against the odds], Sunday, August 10. WMF community liaisons will share a booth with community advocates at the Community Village and look forward to talking to you there. Thanks for your attention! --[[User:Elitre (WMF)]] 18:02, 31 Mosegamanye 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=9365654 --> == VisualEditor global newsletter—July and August 2014 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|right|200px]] ''The [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] team is currently working mostly to fix bugs, improve performance, reduce technical debt, and other infrastructure needs. You can find [[:mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]] weekly updates detailing recent work.'' [[File:VisualEditor - Link editing inline box.png|thumb|Dialog boxes in VisualEditor have been re-designed to use action words instead of icons. This has increased the number of [[:mw:VisualEditor/TranslationCentral#Translate the VisualEditor interface|items that need to be translated]]. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] is also being updated. |alt=Screenshot of VisualEditor's link tool|240px]] The biggest visible change since the last newsletter was to the dialog boxes. '''The design for each dialog box and window was simplified.''' The most commonly needed buttons are now at the top. Based on user feedback, the buttons are now labeled with simple words (like "Cancel" or "Done") instead of potentially confusing icons (like "<" or "X"). Many of the buttons to edit links, images, and other items now also show the linked page, image name, or other useful information when you click on them. * '''Hidden HTML comments''' (notes visible to editors, but not to readers) can now be read, edited, inserted, and removed. A small icon (a white exclamation mark on a dot) marks the location of each comments. You can click on the icon to see the comment. * You can now '''drag and drop text''' and templates as well as images. A new placement line makes it much easier to see where you are dropping the item. Images can no longer be dropped into the middle of paragraphs. * '''All references and footnotes ('''<code><nowiki><ref></nowiki></code>''' tags) are now made through the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}" menu''', including the "{{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-reference-tooltip}}" (manual formatting) footnotes and the ability to re-use an existing citation, both of which were previously accessible only through the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu. The "{{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-referencelist-tooltip}}" is still added via the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu. * When you add an image or other media file, you are now prompted to add an '''image caption''' immediately. You can also replace an image whilst keeping the original caption and other settings. * All tablet users visiting the '''mobile web''' version of Wikipedias will be able to opt-in to a version of VisualEditor from 14 August. You can test the new tool by choosing the beta version of the mobile view in the Settings menu. * The '''link tool''' has a new "Open" button that will open a linked page in another tab so you can make sure a link is the right one. * The '''"Cancel" button''' in the toolbar has been removed based on user testing. To cancel any edit, you can leave the page by clicking the Read tab, the back button in your browser, or closing the browser window without saving your changes. </div> === Looking ahead === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The team posts details about planned work on the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The VisualEditor team [[:mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']]''' for citations''' soon. <mark>Your [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Reference Dialog|ideas about making referencing quick and easy]] are still wanted.</mark> Support for '''upright image sizes''' is being developed. The designers are also working on support for '''adding rows and columns to tables'''. Work to support '''Internet Explorer''' is ongoing. </div> === Feedback opportunities === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The Editing team will be making two presentations this weekend at '''Wikimania''' in London. The first is with product manager James Forrester and developer Trevor Parscal on [[wm2014:Submissions/VisualEditor_—_helping_users_edit_more_easily|Saturday at 16:30]]. The second is with developers Roan Kattouw and Trevor Parscal on [[wm2014:Submissions/VisualEditor_—_engineering_against_the_odds|Sunday at 12:30]]. There is a '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Translathon|VisualEditor Translation Sprint]]''' going on during Wikimania; whether you're in London or not, any contributions are welcome! Please share your questions, suggestions, or problems by posting a note at the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|'''VisualEditor feedback page''']] or by joining the [[:m:IRC office hours|'''office hours discussion''']] on Thursday, 14 August 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 09:00 UTC] (daytime for Europe, Middle East and Asia) or on Thursday, 18 September 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=16&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=09&year=2014 16:00 UTC] (daytime for the Americas; evening for Europe). If you'd like to get this newsletter on your own page (about once a month), please subscribe at [[:w:en:Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Newsletter]] for English Wikipedia only or at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]] for any project. Thank you! --[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 16:40, 9 Phato 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=9366342 --> == VisualEditor News #8—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:TemplateData GUI editor with two parameters.png|alt=|centre|frameless|230x230px]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> TemplateData is a separate program that organizes information about the parameters that can be used in a template. VisualEditor reads that data, and uses it to populate its simplified template dialogs. With the new TemplateData editor, it is easier to add information about parameters, because the ones you need to use are pre-loaded. See [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]] for more information about adding TemplateData. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing]] team has reduced technical debt, simplified some workflows for template and citation editing, made major progress on Internet Explorer support, and fixed [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/buglist.cgi?list_id=349619&order=priority%252Cbug_severity&product=VisualEditor&query_format=advanced&resolution=FIXED&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-14&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-21&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-28&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-04&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-11&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-18&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-25&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-02 over 125 bugs and requests]. Several performance improvements were made, especially to the system around re-using references and reference lists. Weekly updates are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]]. There were three issues that required urgent fixes: a deployment error that meant that many buttons didn't work correctly (bugs [[bugzilla:69856|69856]] and [[bugzilla:69864|69864]]), a problem with edit conflicts that left the editor with nowhere to go ([[bugzilla:69150|bug 69150]]), and a problem in Internet Explorer 11 that replaced some categories with a link to the system message [[MediaWiki:Badtitletext]] ([[bugzilla:70894|bug 70894]]) when you saved. The developers apologize for the disruption, and thank the people who reported these problems quickly. === Increased support for devices and browsers === '''Internet Explorer 10 and 11 users now have access to VisualEditor'''. This means that about 5% of Wikimedia's users will now get an "Edit" tab alongside the existing "Edit source" tab. Support for Internet Explorer 9 is planned for the future. '''Tablet users''' browsing the site's mobile mode now have the option of using a mobile-specific form of VisualEditor. More editing tools, and availability of VisualEditor on smartphones, is planned for the future. The '''mobile version of VisualEditor''' was tweaked to show the context menu for citations instead of basic references ([[bugzilla:68897|bug 68897]]). A bug that broke the editor in iOS was corrected and released early ([[bugzilla:68949|bug 68949]]). For mobile tablet users, three bugs related to scrolling were fixed ([[bugzilla:66697|bug 66697]], [[bugzilla:68828|bug 68828]], [[bugzilla:69630|bug 69630]]). You can use VisualEditor on the mobile version of Wikipedia from your tablet by clicking on the cog in the top-right when editing a page and choosing which editor to use. === TemplateData editor === '''The tool for editing [[mw:Extension:TemplateData|TemplateData]] has been deployed to 30 more Wikipedias this week.''' Other Wikipedias and some other projects may receive access next month. This tool makes it easier to add TemplateData to the template's documentation. When the tool is enabled, it will add a button above every editing window for a template (including documentation subpages). To use it, edit the template page or a subpage, and then click the "{{int:templatedata-editbutton}}" button at the top. Read [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]]. You can test the TemplateData editor [[mw:Template:Sandbox/doc|in a sandbox at Mediawiki.org]]. Remember that TemplateData should be placed either on a documentation subpage '''''or''''' on the template page itself. Only one block of TemplateData will be used per template. === Other changes === Several interface '''messages and labels were changed''' to be simpler, clearer, or shorter, based on feedback from translators and editors. The formatting of dialogs was changed, and more changes to the appearance will be coming soon, when VisualEditor implements the new MediaWiki theme from Design. (A preview of the theme is [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|available on Labs]] for developers.) The team also made some improvements for users of the '''Monobook''' skin that improved the size of text in toolbars and fixed selections that overlapped menus. VisualEditor-MediaWiki now supplies the <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">mw-redirect</code> and <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">mw-disambig</code> class on '''links to redirects and disambiguation pages''', so that user gadgets that colour in these types of links can be created. '''Templates' fields can be marked as '<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">required</code>' '''in TemplateData. If a parameter is marked as required, then you cannot delete that field when you add a new template or edit an existing one ([[bugzilla:60358|bug 60358]]). Language support improved by making annotations use bi-directional isolation (so they display correctly with cursoring behaviour as expected) and by fixing a bug that crashed VisualEditor when trying to edit a page with a <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">dir</code> attribute but no <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">lang</code> set ([[bugzilla:69955|bug 69955]]). === Looking ahead === The team posts details about planned work on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The VisualEditor team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' soon, perhaps in late October. The team is also working on support for '''adding rows and columns to tables''', and early work for this may appear within the month. <mark>Please comment on the design [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Table editor#Design Workflow for comments|at Mediawiki.org]].</mark> In the future, real-time collaborative editing may be possible in VisualEditor. Some early preparatory work for this was recently done. === Supporting your wiki === At Wikimania, several developers gave presentations about VisualEditor. A translation sprint focused on improving access to VisualEditor was supported by many people. '''Deryck Chan''' was the top translator. Special honors also go to '''संजीव कुमार (Sanjeev Kumar)''', '''Robby''', '''Takot''', '''Bachounda''', '''Bjankuloski06''' and '''Ата'''. A [[mw:VisualEditor/Translathon#Highlights from the Translathon|summary]] of the work achieved by the translation community is available. Thank you all for your work. This was the first translatable VisualEditor newsletter, so thanks to everybody who made this possible! If it hasn't been delivered in your language, and you'd like to help with translations in the future, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or contact <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span>, so that you will be notified when the next issue is due. VisualEditor can be made available to most non-Wikipedia projects. If your community would like to test VisualEditor, please contact product manager <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[m:User talk:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]]</span> or file an [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=VisualEditor&component=General enhancement request in Bugzilla]. Please join the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] on Saturday, 18 October 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=18&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=10&year=2014 18:00 UTC] (daytime for the Americas; evening for Africa and Europe) and on Wednesday, 19 November at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?msg=VisualEditor+office+hour+for+November&iso=20141119T16&p1=1440 16:00 UTC] on [[:w:IRC|IRC]]. ''Give feedback on VisualEditor at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback.]] Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you!'' —<span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 11:49, 13 Diphalane 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=10123380 --> == VisualEditor News #9—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:VisualEditor - moble tablet switching.png|alt=Screenshot on an iPad, showing how to switch from one editor to the other|centre|frameless|230x230px]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> VisualEditor is also available on the mobile version of Wikipedia. Log in and click the pencil icon to open the page you want to edit. Click on the gear-shaped settings button in the upper-right corner to pick which editor to use. Choose "{{int:Mobile-frontend-editor-visual-editor}}" to use VisualEditor, or "{{int:Mobile-frontend-editor-source-editor}}" to use the wikitext editor. It will remember whether you used wikitext or VisualEditor, and use the same editor the next time you edit an article. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. Not all features are available on the mobile website. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/buglist.cgi?list_id=355757&product=VisualEditor&query_format=advanced&resolution=FIXED&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-09&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-16&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-23%20%281.25wmf5%29&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-29%20%281.25wmf6%29 bugs and requests], and worked on support for editing tables and for using non-Latin languages. Their weekly updates are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]]. Informal notes from the recent quarterly review were posted [[m:WMF_Metrics_and_activities_meetings/Quarterly_reviews/Editing/October_2014|on Meta]]. === Recent improvements === Basic support for '''inserting tables''' and changing the number of rows and columns in them was just introduced to Wikipedias. Advanced features, like dragging columns to different places, will be added later. To help editors find the most important items more quickly, some items in the toolbar menus are now hidden behind '''a "{{int:Ooui-toolbar-more}}" item''', such as "{{int:Visualeditor-annotationbutton-underline-tooltip}}" in the styling menu. The French Wikipedia should see '''better search results''' for links, templates, and media because the [[:mw:Help:CirrusSearch|new search engine]] was turned on for everyone there. This change is expected at the Chinese and German Wikipedias this week, and the following week at the English Wikipedia. The "pawn" system has been mostly replaced. Bugs in this system sometimes added a chess pawn character to wikitext. The replacement provides better support for '''non-Latin languages''', with full support hopefully coming soon. VisualEditor is now provided to editors who use '''Internet Explorer''' 10 or 11 on desktop and mobile devices. Internet Explorer 9 is not supported yet. The '''keyboard shortcuts''' for items in the toolbar menus are now shown in the menus. VisualEditor will replace the existing design with a '''new theme''' from the [[mw:Design|User Experience/Design group]]. The appearance of dialog boxes has already changed in the mobile version. The appearance on desktops will change soon. You are welcome to compare [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-apex-vector-ltr|the old "Apex" design]] and [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|the new "MediaWiki" theme]] which will replace it. Several bugs were fixed for internal and external links. Improvements to MediaWiki's search solved an annoying problem: If you searched for the full name of the page or file that you wanted to link, sometimes the search engine could not find the page. A link inside a template to a local page that does not exist will now show red, exactly as it does when reading the page. Due to an error, for about two weeks this also affected all external links inside templates. Opening an auto-numbered link node like [http://example.com] with the keyboard used to open the wrong link tool. These problems have all been fixed. === TemplateData === '''The tool for quickly editing [[mw:Extension:TemplateData|TemplateData]] has been deployed to all Wikimedia Foundation wikis on Thursday, 6 November.''' This tool was already available on the biggest 40 Wikipedias, and now all wikis will have access to it. This tool makes it easier to add TemplateData to the template's documentation. When the tool is enabled, it will add a button above every editing window for a template (including documentation subpages). To use it, edit the template or a subpage, and then click the "{{int:templatedata-editbutton}}" button at the top. Read [[mw:Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]] to learn more about it. You can test the TemplateData editor [[mw:Template:Sandbox/doc|in a sandbox at Mediawiki.org]]. Remember that TemplateData should be placed either on a documentation subpage '''''or''''' on the template page itself. Only one block of TemplateData will be used per template. You can use the '''new autovalue setting''' to pre-load a value into a template. This can be used to substitute dates, as in [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=632356794&oldid=632356402 this example], or to add the most common value for that parameter. The autovalue can be overridden by the editor, by typing something else in the field. In TemplateData, you may '''define a parameter as "required"'''. The template dialog box in VisualEditor will warn editors if they leave a "required" parameter empty, and they will not be able to delete that parameter. If the template can function without this parameter, then please mark it as "{{int:Templatedata-doc-param-status-suggested}}" or "{{int:Templatedata-doc-param-status-optional}}" in TemplateData instead. === Looking ahead === The VisualEditor team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' soon. The appearance of the media search dialog will improve, to make picking between possible images easier and more visual. The team posts details about planned work on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The [[mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|user guide]] is being updated to add information about editing tables. The translations of the user guide for most languages except Spanish, French, and Dutch are significantly out of date. '''Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&action=page&filter= complete the current translations]''' for users who speak your language. [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Whatamidoing_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new Talk to us] if you need help exporting the translated guide to your wiki. '''You can influence VisualEditor's design'''! Tell the VisualEditor team what you want changed during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next sessions are on Wednesday, 19 November at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?msg=VisualEditor+office+hour+for+November&iso=20141119T16&p1=1440 16:00 UTC] and on Wednesday 7 January 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=22&min=00&sec=0&day=7&month=1&year=2015 22:00 UTC]. You can also share your ideas at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback.]] Also, '''user experience researcher''' [[:mw:User:ARipstra (WMF)|Abbey Ripstra]] is looking for editors to show her how they edit Wikipedia. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for the research program] if you would like to hear about opportunities. If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or contact [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you! —<span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 01:29, 15 Dibatsela 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=10491257 --> == VisualEditor News #10—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}width:230px;border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] [[File:VisualEditor table editing add and remove columns.png|230x230px|center|frameless|alt=Screenshot showing how to add or remove columns from a table]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size:90%;"> Basic table editing is now available in VisualEditor. You can add and remove rows and columns from tables at the click of a button. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div> </div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on table editing and performance. Their weekly status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. '''VisualEditor was deployed to several hundred remaining wikis''' as an opt-in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta feature]] at the end of November, except for most Wiktionaries (which depend heavily upon templates) and all Wikisources (which await integration with [[mw:Extension:Proofread Page|ProofreadPage]]). === Recent improvements === Basic support for '''editing tables''' is now available. You can add and delete tables, add and remove rows and columns, set or remove a caption for a table, and merge cells together. To change the contents of a cell, double-click inside it. More features will be added in the coming months. In addition, VisualEditor now ignores broken, invalid <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">rowspan</code> and <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">colspan</code> elements, instead of trying to repair them. You can now use '''find and replace''' in VisualEditor, reachable through the tool menu or by pressing <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd> or <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">⌘ Cmd</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd>. You can now create and edit simple <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki><blockquote></nowiki></code> paragraphs for quoting and indenting content. This changes a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-paragraph}}" into a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-blockquote}}". Some '''new keyboard sequences''' can be used to format content. At the start of the line, typing "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">* </code>" will make the line a bullet list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">1.</code>" or "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">#</code>" will make it a numbered list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">==</code>" will make it a section heading; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">: </code>" will make it a blockquote. If you didn't mean to use these tools, you can press undo to undo the formatting change. There are also two other keyboard sequences: "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>[[</nowiki></code>" for opening the link tool, and "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>{{</nowiki></code>" for opening the template tool, to help experienced editors. The existing standard keyboard shortcuts, like <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">K</code> to open the link editor, still work. If you add a category that has been redirected, then VisualEditor now adds its target. Categories without description pages show up as red. You can again create and edit '''galleries''' as wikitext code. === Looking ahead === The current VisualEditor design will be replaced with a '''new theme''' designed by the [[mw:Design|User Experience group]]. The new theme will be visible for desktop systems at mediawiki.org in late December and on other sites in early January. (You can see a developer preview of [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-apex-vector-ltr|the old "Apex" theme]] and [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|the new "MediaWiki" one]] which will replace it.) The Editing team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' in January. Planned changes to the media search dialog will make choosing between possible images easier. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. * Translations of the [[mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|user guide]] for most languages are outdated. Only Ukrainian, Portuguese, Spanish, French, and Dutch translations are nearly current. Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete the current translations] for users who speak your language. * Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Wednesday, 7 January 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=22&min=00&sec=0&day=7&month=1&year=2015 22:00 UTC]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 20:59, 26 Manthole 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10823356 --> == VisualEditor News #1—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|300px|right|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's appearance, the coming Citoid reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The Wikimedia Foundation has named [[:mw:Wikimedia_Engineering/2014-15_Goals#Top_departmental_priorities_for_Q3_.28January-March_2015.29|its top priorities for this quarter]] (January to March). The first priority is making VisualEditor ready for deployment by default to all new users and logged-out users at the remaining large Wikipedias. You can help identify these requirements. <mark>There will be weekly '''triage meetings '''which''' will be open to volunteers''' beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC). </mark> Tell Vice President of Engineering [[:foundation:User:Damon_Sicore_(WMF)|Damon Sicore]], Product Manager [[:mw:User:Jdforrester_(WMF)|James Forrester]] and other team members which bugs and features are most important to you. The decisions made at these meetings will determine what work is necessary for this quarter's goal of making VisualEditor ready for deployment to new users. The presence of volunteers who enjoy contributing MediaWiki code is particularly appreciated. Information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins. Due to some breaking changes in MobileFrontend and VisualEditor, VisualEditor was not working correctly on the mobile site for a couple of days in early January. The teams apologize for the problem. === Recent improvements === The''' new design for VisualEditor''' aligns with MediaWiki's [[mw:Frontend standards group|Front-End Standards]] as led by the Design team. Several new versions of the [[mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]] library have also been released, and these also affect the appearance of VisualEditor and other MediaWiki software extensions. Most changes were minor, like changing the text size and the amount of white space in some windows. Buttons are consistently color-coded to indicate whether the action: * starts a new task, like opening the {{int:visualeditor-toolbar-savedialog}} dialog: <span style="background-color: #015ccc; color:white"> blue </span>, * takes a constructive action, like inserting a citation: <span style="background-color: #008c6d; color:white"> green </span>, * might remove or lose your work, like removing a link: <span style="background-color: #a7170f; color:white"> red </span>, or * is neutral, like opening a link in a new browser window: <span style="color: 757575"> gray </span>. The '''TemplateData editor''' has been completely re-written to use a different design based on the same OOjs UI system as VisualEditor. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67815 T67815], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73746 T73746].) This change fixed a couple of existing bugs and improved usability. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73077 T73077], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73078 T73078].) '''Search and replace''' in long documents is now faster. It does not highlight every occurrence if there are more than 100 on-screen at once.([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T78234 T78234].) Editors at the Hebrew and Russian Wikipedia requested the ability to use VisualEditor in the "Article Incubator" or drafts namespace. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T86688 T86688], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T87027 T87027].) If your community would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''' on your wiki, then you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. === Looking ahead === The Editing team will soon add '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. The '''[[mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[w:URL|URL]] or [[w:en: Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for ISBNs, PMIDs, and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to contribute to the Citoid service's definitions for each website, to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections. We will need editors to help test the '''new design of the special character inserter''', especially if you speak Welsh, Breton, or another language that uses diacritics or special characters extensively. The new version should be available for testing next week. Please contact [[:en:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]] if you would like to be notified when the new version is available. After the special character tool is completed, VisualEditor will be deployed to all users at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5 Wikipedias]]. This will affect about 50 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans, Azerbaijani, Breton, Kyrgyz, Macedonian, Mongolian, Tatar, and Welsh'''. The date for this change has not been determined. === Let's work together === *Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. *Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete translations of the user guide] for users who speak your language. *Join the weekly bug triage meetings beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC); information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins, and you can also contact [[mw:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James F.]] to learn more about this initiative. *Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Thursday, 19 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=19&min=00&sec=0&day=19&month=2&year=2015 19:00 UTC]. *Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 20:30, 5 Dibokwane 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10839689 --> == VisualEditor News #2—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> With [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] in VisualEditor, you click the 'book with bookmark' icon and paste in the URL for a reliable source: [[File:Citoid in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's first dialog|centre|frameless|230x230px]] Citoid looks up the source for you and returns the citation results. Click the green "Insert" button to accept its results and add them to the article: [[File:Citoid results in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's initial results|centre|frameless|230x230px]] After inserting the citation, you can change it. Select the reference, and click the "Edit" button in the context menu to make changes. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's performance, the [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on Mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. The weekly '''task triage meetings''' continue to be open to volunteers, each Wednesday at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150401T11&p1=224&am=30 11:00 (noon) PDT] (18:00 UTC). You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|Editing team's Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]]. === Recent improvements === VisualEditor is now substantially faster. In many cases, opening the page in VisualEditor is now faster than opening it in the wikitext editor. The new system has improved the code speed by 37% and [[:mw:RESTBase|network speed]] by almost 40%. The Editing team is slowly adding '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. This is currently available only at the French, Italian, and English Wikipedias. The '''[[:mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for [[:en:ISBN|ISBNs]], [[:en:PubMed#PubMed_identifier|PMIDs]], and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections by contributing to the Citoid service's definitions for each website. Citoid requires good [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your citation templates. If you would like to request this feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the TemplateData for the most important citation templates on your wiki. The '''special character inserter''' has been improved, based upon feedback from active users. After this, VisualEditor was made available to all users of Wikipedias on the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5]] list on 30 March. This affected 53 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans''', '''Azerbaijani''', '''Breton''', '''Kyrgyz''', '''Macedonian''', '''Mongolian''', '''Tatar''', and''' Welsh'''. Work continues to support languages with complex requirements, such as Korean and Japanese. These languages use [[w:input method editor|input method editors]] ("IMEs”). Recent improvements to cursoring, backspace, and delete behavior will simplify typing in VisualEditor for these users. The design for the image selection process is now using a "masonry fit" model. Images in the search results are displayed at the same height but at variable widths, similar to bricks of different sizes in a masonry wall, or the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Images#Mode parameter|"packed" mode in image galleries]]. This style helps you find the right image by making it easier to see more details in images. You can now '''drag and drop categories''' to re-arrange their order of appearance ​on the page. The pop-up window that appears when you click on a reference, image, link, or other element, is called the "context menu". It now displays additional useful information, such as the destination of the link or the image's filename. The team has also added an explicit "Edit" button in the context menu, which helps new editors open the tool to change the item. '''Invisible templates are marked by a puzzle piece icon''' so they can be interacted with. Users also will be able to see and edit HTML anchors now in section headings. Users of the TemplateData GUI editor can now set a string as an optional text for the 'deprecated' property in addition to boolean value, which lets you tell users of the template what they should do instead. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90734 T90734]) === Looking ahead === The special character inserter in VisualEditor will soon use the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki will also have the option of creating a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Instructions for customizing the list will be posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. The team is discussing a test of VisualEditor with new users at the English Wikipedia, to see whether they have met their goals of making VisualEditor suitable for those editors. The timing is unknown, but might be relatively soon. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90666 T90666]) === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * Can you translate from English into any other language? Please check [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-visualeditor-ve&suppressempty=1 this list] to see whether more interface translations are needed for your language. [[m:User talk:Elitre (WMF)|Contact us]] to get an account if you want to help! * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 21:48, 10 Moranang 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=11742174 --> == VisualEditor News #3—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> When you click on a link to an article, you now see more information: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor-context menu-link tool.png|alt=Screenshot showing the link tool's context menu|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> The link tool has been re-designed: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor link tool 2015.png|alt=Screenshot of the link inspector|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> There are separate tabs for linking to internal and external pages. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has created new interfaces for the link and citation tools and fixed many bugs and changed some elements of the design. Some of these bugs affected users of VisualEditor on mobile devices. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|test of VisualEditor's effect on new editors]] at the English Wikipedia has just completed the first phase. During this test, half of newly registered editors had VisualEditor automatically enabled, and half did not. The main goal of the study is to learn which group was more likely to save an edit and to make productive, unreverted edits. Initial [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study#Results|results will be posted at Meta]] later this month. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features''' '''for citations''' are available at a few Wikipedias through the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]'''. Citoid takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. If Citoid is enabled on your wiki, then the design of the citation workflow changed during May. All citations are now created inside a single tool. Inside that tool, choose the tab you want ({{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-auto}}, {{int: citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-manual}}, or {{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-reuse}}). The cite button is now labeled with the word "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}" rather than a book icon, and the autofill citation dialog now has a more meaningful label, "{{Int:Citoid-citeFromIDDialog-lookup-button}}", for the submit button. The '''link tool''' has been redesigned based on feedback from Wikipedia editors and user testing. It now has two separate sections: one for links to articles and one for external links. When you select a link, its pop-up context menu shows the name of the linked page, a thumbnail image from the linked page, Wikidata's description, and appropriate icons for disambiguation pages, redirect pages and empty pages (where applicable). Search results have been reduced to the first five pages. Several bugs were fixed, including a dark highlight that appeared over the first match in the link inspector. ([[phab:T98085|T98085]]) The '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor now uses the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki can also create a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Please read the instructions for customizing the list [[mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. Also, there is now a tooltip to describing each character in the special character inserter. ([[phab:T70425|T70425]]) Several improvements have been made to '''templates'''. When you search for a template to insert, the list of results now contains descriptions of the templates. The parameter list inside the template dialog now remains open after inserting a parameter from the list, so that users don’t need to click on "{{Int:visualeditor-dialog-transclusion-add-param}}" each time they want to add another parameter. ([[phab:T95696|T95696]]) The team added a '''new property for TemplateData''', "{{int: templatedata-doc-param-example}}", for template parameters. This optional, translatable property will show up when there is text describing how to use that parameter. ([[phab:T53049|T53049]]) The '''design''' of the main toolbar and several other elements have changed slightly, to be consistent with the MediaWiki theme. In the Vector skin, individual items in the menu are separated visually by pale gray bars. Buttons and menus on the toolbar can now contain both an icon and a text label, rather than just one or the other. This new design feature is being used for the cite button on wikis where the Citoid service is enabled. The team has released a long-desired improvement to the handling of '''non-existent images'''. If a non-existent image is linked in an article, then it is now visible in VisualEditor and can be selected, edited, replaced, or removed. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Wednesday at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|VisualEditor Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. * If your Wikivoyage, Wikibooks, Wikiversity, or other community wants to have VisualEditor made available by default to contributors, then please contact [[:m:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]]. * If you would like to request the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. *The team is planning the second VisualEditor-related "translathon" for July. Please follow [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T91108 this task on Phabricator] for details and updates! Announcements will follow in due course. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div>12:44, 13 Phupu 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12206605 --> == VisualEditor News #4—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/August|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can add quotations marks before and after a title or phrase with a single click. Select the relevant text. Find the correct quotations marks in the special character inserter tool (marked as Ω in the toolbar).<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 2.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool, selected text, and the special character that will be inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> Click the button. VisualEditor will add the quotation marks on either side of the text you selected.<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 3.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool and the same text after the special character has been inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] have been working on mobile phone support. They have fixed many bugs and improved language support. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving language support and functionality on mobile devices. === Wikimania === The team attended Wikimania 2015 in Mexico City. There they participated in the Hackathon and met with individuals and groups of users. They also made several presentations about [[c:File:How_we_made_VisualEditor_faster.pdf|VisualEditor]] and the [[:c:File:Wikimania_2015_–_Editing_Department_–_Beyond_Editing.pdf|future of editing]]. Following Wikimania, we announced winners for the [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon VisualEditor 2015 Translathon]. Our thanks and congratulations to users ''Halan-tul'', ''Renessaince'', ''<span lang="ne" dir="ltr">जनक राज भट्ट</span> (Janak Bhatta)'', ''Vahe Gharakhanyan'', ''Warrakkk'', and ''Eduardogobi''. For '''interface messages''' (translated at [https://translatewiki.net translatewiki.net]), we saw the initiative affecting 42 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 56.5% before the translathon, and 78.2% after ('''+21.7%'''). In particular, Sakha improved from 12.2% to 94.2%; Brazilian Portuguese went from 50.6% to 100%; Taraškievica went from 44.9% to 85.3%; Doteli went from 1.3% to 41.2%. Also, while 1.7% of the messages were outdated across all languages before the translathon, the percentage dropped to 0.8% afterwards (-0.9%). For '''documentation messages''' (on mediawiki.org), we saw the initiative affecting 24 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 26.6% before translathon, and 46.9% after ('''+20.3%'''). There were particularly notable achievements for three languages. Armenian improved from 1% to 99%; Swedish, from 21% to 99%, and Brazilian Portuguese, from 34% to 83%. Outdated translations across all languages were reduced from 8.4% before translathon to 4.8% afterwards (-3.6%). [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon#Graphs_(interface_messages_only) We published some graphs] showing the effect of the event on the Translathon page. We thank the translators for participating and the translatewiki.net staff for facilitating this initiative. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features for citations''' can be enabled on each Wikipedia. The tool uses the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]''' to convert a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] into a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. You can see an animated GIF of the quick, [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/GIFs#Auto-citing_a_source|simple process at mediawiki.org]]. So far, about a dozen Wikipedias have enabled the auto-citation tool. To enable it for your wiki, follow the [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|instructions at mediawiki.org]]. Your wiki can customize the first section of the '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor. Please follow the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Special_characters|instructions at mediawiki.org]] to put the characters you want at the top. In other changes, if you need to fill in a [[:mw:CAPTCHA|CAPTCHA]] and get it wrong, then you can click to get a new one to complete. VisualEditor can now display and edit [[mediawikiwiki:Extension:Graph|Vega-based graphs]]. If you use the Monobook skin, VisualEditor's appearance is now more consistent with other software. === Future changes === The team will be changing the '''appearance of selected links''' inside VisualEditor. The purpose is to make it easy to see whether your cursor is inside or outside the link. When you select a link, the link label (the words shown on the page) will be enclosed in a faint box. If you place your cursor inside the box, then your changes to the link label will be part of the link. If you place your cursor outside the box, then it will not. This will make it easy to know when new characters will be added to the link and when they will not. On the English Wikipedia, 10% of newly created accounts are now offered both the visual and the wikitext editors. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|recent controlled trial]] showed no significant difference in survival or productivity for new users in the short term. New users with access to VisualEditor were very slightly less likely to produce results that needed reverting. You can learn more about this by watching a video of the [[mediawikiwiki:Wikimedia_Research/Showcase#July_2015|July 2015 Wikimedia Research Showcase]]. The proportion of new accounts with access to both editing environments will be gradually increased over time. Eventually all new users have the choice between the two editing environments. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page is now using [[mw:Flow|Flow]] instead of LiquidThreads. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|mediawiki.org]] if you can help. * If your wiki would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''', you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. * Please file requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the styling menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Tuesdays at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q1 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div> —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 00:28, 15 Phato 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12980645 --> == VisualEditor News #5—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can use the visual editor on smartphones and tablets.<br><br>[[File:Switching edit modes to VisualEditor on Mobile web.png|alt=Screenshot showing the menu for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> Click the pencil icon to open the editor for a page. Inside that, use the gear menu in the upper right corner to "{{int:mobile-frontend-editor-switch-visual-editor}}". The editing button will remember which editing environment you used last time, and give you the same one next time. The desktop site will be switching to a system similar to this one in the coming months. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs, added new features, and made some small design changes. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages like Japanese and Arabic, making it easier to edit on mobile devices, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === '''Educational features:''' The first time ever you use the visual editor, it now draws your attention to the {{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-link-tooltip}} and {{Int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}} tools. When you click on the tools, it explains why you should use them. ([[Phab:T108620|T108620]]) Alongside this, the welcome message for new users has been simplified to make editing more welcoming. ([[Phab:T112354|T112354]]) More in-software educational features are planned. '''Links:''' It is now easier to understand when you are adding text to a link and when you are typing plain text next to it. ([[Phab:T74108|T74108]], [[Phab:T91285|T91285]]) The editor now fully supports ISBN, PMID or RFC numbers. ([[Phab:T109498|T109498]], [[Phab:T110347|T110347]], [[Phab:T63558|T63558]]) These [[:en:Help:Magic_links|"magic links"]] use a custom link editing tool. '''Uploads:''' Registered editors can now '''upload images''' and other media to Commons while editing. Click the new tab in the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}} {{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-media-tooltip}}" tool. You will be guided through the process without having to leave your edit. At the end, the image will be inserted. This tool is limited to one file at a time, owned by the user, and licensed under Commons's standard license. For more complex situations, the tool links to more advanced upload tools. You can also drag the image into the editor. This will be available in the wikitext editor later. '''Mobile:''' Previously, the visual editor was available on the mobile Wikipedia site only on tablets. Now, editors can use it on all devices regardless of size if they wish. ([[Phab:T85630|T85630]]) Edit conflicts were previously broken on the mobile website. Edit conflicts can now be resolved in both wikitext and visual editors. ([[Phab:T111894|T111894]]) Sometimes templates and similar items could not be deleted on the mobile website. Selecting them caused the on-screen keyboard to hide with some browsers. Now there is a new "{{int:Visualeditor-contextitemwidget-label-remove}}" button, so that these things can be removed if the keyboard hides. ([[Phab:T62110|T62110]]) You can also edit table cells in mobile now. '''Rich editing tools:''' You can now add and edit '''sheet''' '''music''' in the visual editor. ([[Phab:T112925|T112925]]) There are separate tabs for advanced options, such as MIDI and Ogg audio files. ([[Phab:T114227|T114227]], [[Phab:T113354|T113354]]) When editing '''formulæ''' and other blocks, errors are shown as you edit. It is also possible to edit some types of '''graphs'''; adding new ones, and support for new types, will be coming. On the '''English Wikipedia''', the visual editor is now automatically available to anyone who creates an account. The preference switch was moved to the normal location, under [[Special:Preferences]]. === Future changes === You will soon be able to '''switch from the wikitext to the visual editor''' after you start editing. ([[phab:T49779|T49779]]) Previously, you could only switch from the visual editor to the wikitext editor. Bi-directional switching will make possible a '''single edit tab.''' ([[phab:T102398|T102398]]) This project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, similar to the system already used on the mobile website. The "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page uses [[mw:Flow|Flow]] for discussions. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). * Local admins can [[mediawikiwiki:Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]. If you need help, then please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. * The weekly task triage meetings are open to volunteers. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div>—[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 20:17, 30 Diphalane 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=14334116 --> == VisualEditor News #6—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> A new, simpler system for editing will offer a single Edit button. Once the page has opened, you can switch back and forth between visual and wikitext editing. [[File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up dialog for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> If you prefer having separate edit buttons, then you can set that option in your preferences, either in a pop-up dialog the next time you open the visual editor, or by going to [[Special:Preferences]] and choosing the setting that you want: <br><br>[[File:VisualEditor single edit tab in preferences 2015-12-18.png|alt=Screenshot showing a drop-down menu in Special:Preferences|centre|frameless|230x230px]] The current plan is for the default setting to have the Edit button open the editing environment you used most recently. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/December|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|visual editor team]] has fixed many bugs and expanded the mathematics formula tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages such as Japanese and Arabic, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. The '''LaTeX mathematics formula editor''' has been significantly expanded. ([[phab:T118616|T118616)]] You can see the formula as you change the LaTeX code. You can click buttons to insert the correct LaTeX code for many symbols. === Future changes === The '''single edit tab''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, like the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]], [[phab:T58337|T58337]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as a cookie for logged-out users and as an account preference for logged-in editors. Logged-in editors will be able to set a default editor in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]] in the drop-down menu about "{{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs}}". The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the following Wikipedias in early 2016: [[w:am:|Amharic]], [[w:bug:|Buginese]], [[w:cdo:|Min Dong]], [[w:cr:|Cree]], [[w:gv:|Manx]], [[w:hak:|Hakka]], [[w:hy:|Armenian]], [[w:ka:|Georgian]], [[w:pnt:|Pontic]], [[w:sh:|Serbo-Croatian]], [[w:ti:|Tigrinya]], [[w:xmf:|Mingrelian]], [[w:za:|Zhuang]], and [[w:zh-min-nan:|Min Nan]]. ([[phab:T116523|T116523]]) Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. The developers would like to know how well it works. Please tell them what kind of computer, web browser, and keyboard you are using. In 2016, the '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor on many Wikipedias will be redirected to mediawiki.org. ([[phab:T92661|T92661]]) === Testing opportunities === * Please try the new system for the '''single edit tab''' on [https://test2.wikipedia.org test2.wikipedia.org]. You can edit while logged out to see how it works for logged-out editors, or you can create a separate account to be able to set your account's preferences. <mark>Please share your thoughts about the single edit tab system at [[mediawikiwiki:Topic:Suspcq0bf5nd3gsd|the feedback topic on mediawiki.org]] or [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for formal user research]</mark> (type "single edit tab" in the question about other areas you're interested in). The new system has not been finalized, and your feedback can affect the outcome. The team particularly wants your thoughts about the options in Special:Preferences. The current choices in Special:Preferences are: ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the current state for people already using the visual editor. None of these options will be visible if you have disabled the visual editor in your preferences at that wiki.) * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 02:06, 25 Manthole 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15165847 --> == VisualEditor News #1—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/February|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Among experienced editors, the visual editor's table editing is one of the most popular features. [[File:VisualEditor table menu move column.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up menu for column operations in a table|centre|frameless|230x230px]] If you select the top of a column or the end of a row, you can quickly insert and remove columns and rows. Now, you can also rearrange columns and rows. Click "Move before" or "Move after" to swap the column or row with its neighbor. You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Portal|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for Japanese, Korean, Arabic, Indic, and Han scripts, and improving the single edit tab interface. === Recent changes === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. This function is available to nearly all editors at most wikis except the Wiktionaries and Wikisources. Many local '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor have been redirected to [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. You can now re-arrange columns and rows in '''tables''', as well as copying a row, column or any other selection of cells and pasting it in a new location. The '''formula editor''' has two options: you can choose "Quick edit" to see and change only the LaTeX code, or "Edit" to use the full tool. The full tool offers immediate preview and an extensive list of symbols. === Future changes === The '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab. This is similar to the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as an account preference for logged-in editors, and as a cookie for logged-out users. Logged-in editors will have these options in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]]: * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the state for people using the visual editor now.) The visual editor uses the same search engine as [[Special:Search]] to find links and files. This search will get better at detecting typos and spelling mistakes soon. These improvements to search will appear in the visual editor as well. The visual editor will be offered to all editors at most [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next few months. This will affect the following languages, amongst others: [[:w:ja: |'''Japanese''']], [[:w:ko:|'''Korean''']], [[:w:ur: |'''Urdu''']], [[:w:fa: |'''Persian''']], [[:w:ar: |'''Arabic''']], [[:w:ta: |'''Tamil''']], [[:w:mr: |'''Marathi''']], [[:w:ml: |'''Malayalam''']], [[:w:hi: |'''Hindi''']], [[:w:bn: |'''Bengali''']], [[:w:as: |'''Assamese''']], [[:w:th: |'''Thai''']], [[:w:arc: |'''Aramaic''']]. === Let's work together === * Please try out the newest version of the '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' on [[test2wiki:Special:Random|test2.wikipedia.org]]. You may need to restore the default preferences (at the bottom of [[test2wiki:Special:Preferences]]) to see the initial prompt for options. Were you able to find a preference setting that will work for your own editing? Did you see [[:c:File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|the large preferences dialog box]] when you started editing an article there? * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean, Arabic, Japanese, Indic, or Han scripts?</mark> Does typing in these languages feels natural in the visual editor? Language engineer [[:mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs to know. Please see the instructions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test]] if you can help. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. * Learn how to improve the "automagical" [[:mw:citoid|citoid]] referencing system in the visual editor, by creating [[:en:Zotero|Zotero]] translators for popular sources in your language! Join the [https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2016-February/084840.html Tech Talk about "Automated citations in Wikipedia: Citoid and the technology behind it"] with Sebastian Karcher on 29 February 2016. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 22:22, 26 Dibokwane 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15385167 --> == Editing News #2—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/June|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> It's quick and easy to insert a references list. [[File:VisualEditor References List Insert Menu-en.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with many items|center|frameless|150px]] Place the cursor where you want to display the references list (usually at the bottom of the page). Open the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu and click the "{{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}" icon (three books). If you are using several groups of references, which is relatively rare, you will have the opportunity to specify the group. If you do that, then only the references that belong to the specified group will be displayed in this list of references. Finally, click "{{int:visualeditor-dialog-action-insert}}" in the dialog to insert the {{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}. This list will change as you add more footnotes to the page. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for Arabic and Indic scripts, and adapting the visual editor to the needs of the Wikivoyages and Wikisources. === Recent changes === The visual editor is now available to all users at most [[Wikivoyage:|Wikivoyages]]. It was also enabled for all contributors at the French Wikinews. The '''[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' feature combines the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab. It has been deployed to several Wikipedias, including Hungarian, Polish, English and Japanese Wikipedias, as well as to all Wikivoyages. At these wikis, you can change your settings for this feature in the "{{int:prefs-editing}}" tab of [[Special:Preferences]]. The team is now reviewing the feedback and considering ways to improve the design before rolling it out to more people. === Future changes === The "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[M:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next few months. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including: [[:w:ar: |'''Arabic''']], [[:w:hi: |'''Hindi''']], [[:w:th: |'''Thai''']], [[:w:ta: |'''Tamil''']], [[:w:mr: |'''Marathi''']], [[:w:ml: |'''Malayalam''']], [[:w:ur: |'''Urdu''']], [[:w:fa: |'''Persian''']], [[:w:bn: |'''Bengali''']], [[:w:as: |'''Assamese''']], [[:w:arc: |'''Aramaic''']] and others. The team is working with the volunteer developers who power Wikisource to provide the visual editor there, for opt-in testing right now and eventually for all users. ([[phab:T138966|T138966]]) The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. It will look like the visual editor, and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices around September 2016. You can read about this project in a [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> * Learn how to improve the "automagical" [[:mw:citoid|citoid]] referencing system in the visual editor, by creating [[w:en:Zotero|Zotero]] translators for popular sources in your language! Watch the [[Mw:Citoid/Zotero's Tech Talk|Tech Talk by Sebastian Karcher]] for more information. If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)]], 19:20, 3 Mosegamanye 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15741003 --> == Editing News #3—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can easily re-arrange columns and rows in the visual editor? [[File:VisualEditor table editing menu.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with options for editing the table structure|center|frameless|232x232px]] Select a cell in the column or row that you want to move. Click the arrow at the start of that row or column to open the dropdown menu (shown). Choose either "Move before" or "Move after" to move the column, or "Move above" or "Move below" to move the row. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has mainly worked on a new wikitext editor. They have also released some small features and the new map editing tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the list of work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, releasing the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[mediawikiwiki:Beta_Features|beta feature]], and improving language support. === Recent changes === *You can now set text as small or big.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T53613] *Invisible templates have been shown as a puzzle icon. Now, the name of the invisible template is displayed next to the puzzle icon.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T141861] A similar feature will display the first part of hidden HTML comments.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T147089] *Categories are displayed at the bottom of each page. If you click on the categories, the dialog for editing categories will open.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T145267] *At many wikis, you can now add [[mediawikiwiki:Maps|maps]] to pages. Go to the Insert menu and choose the "Maps" item. The Discovery department is adding more features to this area, like geoshapes. You can read more at mediawiki.org.[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Discovery#Maps] *The "Save" button now says "Save page" when you create a page, and "Save changes" when you change an existing page.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T139033] In the future, the "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[:m:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. *Image galleries now use a visual mode for editing. You can see thumbnails of the images, add new files, remove unwanted images, rearrange the images by dragging and dropping, and add captions for each image. Use the "Options" tab to set the gallery's display mode, image sizes, and add a title for the gallery.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T45037] === Future changes === The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining 10 [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next month. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including [[:w:th:|'''Thai''']], [[:w:my:|'''Burmese''']] and [[:w:arc:|'''Aramaic''']]. The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. The [[Mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] will look like the visual editor and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices in October 2016. You can read about this project in a [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 19:49, 15 Diphalane 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15960088 --> == Editing News #1—2017 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can review your changes visually? [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - visual diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|245x245px]]When you are finished editing the page, type your edit summary and then choose "{{Int:visualeditor-savedialog-label-review}}". In visual mode, you will see additions, removals, new links, and formatting highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected.|center|frameless|220x220px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - wikitext diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display.|center|frameless|245x245px]] The wikitext diff is the same diff tool that is used in the wikitext editors and in the page history. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[:mediawikiwiki:2017_wikitext_editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]] which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and adding [[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|the new visual diff tool]]. Their workboard is available [[:phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[:mw:Beta Features|beta feature]], and improving the visual diff tool. === Recent changes === *A '''new wikitext editing mode''' is available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices. The [[:mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. Go to [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures]] to enable the {{Int:Visualeditor-preference-newwikitexteditor-label}}. * A new '''[[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' is available in VisualEditor's visual mode. You can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. More features will be added to this later. In the future, this tool may be integrated into other MediaWiki components. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T143350] * The team have added [[:mediawikiwiki:Editing/Projects/Columns_for_references|multi-column support for lists of footnotes]]. The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can automatically display long lists of references in columns on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] * You can now use your web browser's function to switch typing direction in the new wikitext mode. This is particularly helpful for RTL language users like Urdu or Hebrew who have to write JavaScript or CSS. You can use Command+Shift+X or Control+Shift+X to trigger this. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153356] * The way to switch between the visual editing mode and the wikitext editing mode is now consistent. There is a drop-down menu that shows the two options. This is now the same in desktop and mobile web editing, and inside things that embed editing, such as Flow. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T116417] * The {{Int:visualeditor-categories-tool}} item has been moved to the top of the {{Int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}} menu (from clicking on the "hamburger" icon) for quicker access. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T74399] There is also now a "Templates used on this page" feature there. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T149009] * You can now create <code><nowiki><chem></nowiki></code> tags (sometimes used as <code><nowiki><ce></nowiki></code>) for chemical formulas inside the visual editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153365] * Tables can be set as collapsed or un-collapsed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T157989] * The {{Int:visualeditor-specialcharacter-button-tooltip}} menu now includes characters for Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics and angle quotation marks (‹› and ⟨⟩) . The team thanks the volunteer developer, [[:S:en:User:Tpt|Tpt]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T108626] * A bug caused some section edit conflicts to blank the rest of the page. This has been fixed. The team are sorry for the disruption. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T154217] * There is a new keyboard shortcut for citations: <code>Control</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a PC, or <code>Command</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a Mac. It is based on the keyboard shortcut for making links, which is <code>Control</code>+<code>K</code> or <code>Command</code>+<code>K</code> respectively. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T99299] === Future changes === * The team is working on a syntax highlighting tool. It will highlight matching pairs of <code><nowiki><ref></nowiki></code> tags and other types of wikitext syntax. You will be able to turn it on and off. It will first become available in VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode, maybe late in 2017. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] * The kind of button used to {{Int:Showpreview}}, {{Int:showdiff}}, and finish an edit will change in all WMF-supported wikitext editors. The new buttons will use [[Mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]]. The buttons will be larger, brighter, and easier to read. The labels will remain the same. You can test the new button by editing a page and adding <code>&ooui=1</code> to the end of the URL, like this: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Project:Sandbox?action=edit&ooui=1 The old appearance will no longer be possible, even with local CSS changes. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T162849] * The [[:mediawikiwiki:File:Edit_toolbar_-_2.png|outdated 2006 wikitext editor]] will be removed later this year. It is used by approximately 0.03% of active editors. See [[:mw:Editor|a list of editing tools on mediawiki.org]] if you are uncertain which one you use. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T30856] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 20:05, 12 Mopitlo 2017 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=16160401 --> == Editing News #1—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?'''<div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can now use the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]] on any page? [[File:Wikitext diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display|center|frameless|250px]] Sometimes, it is hard to see important changes in a wikitext diff. This screenshot of a wikitext diff (click to enlarge) shows that the paragraphs have been rearranged, but it does not highlight the removal of a word or the addition of a new sentence. If you [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the Beta Feature]] for "{{Int:visualeditor-preference-visualdiffpage-label}}", you will have a new option. It will give you a new box at the top of every diff page. This box will let you choose either diff system on any edit. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected|center|frameless|200px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. In the visual diff, additions, removals, new links, and formatting changes will be highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:Visual diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|250px]] This screenshot shows the same edit as the wikitext diff. The visual diff highlights the removal of one word and the addition of a new sentence. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|the last newsletter]], the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]], which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and improving [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[mw:Editing team/Current priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor, and improving the visual diff tool. ===Recent changes=== *The '''[[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]]''' is [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|available as a Beta Feature]] on desktop devices. It has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. The team have been comparing the performance of different editing environments. They have studied how long it takes to open the page and start typing. The study uses data for more than one million edits during December and January. Some changes have been made to improve the speed of the 2017 wikitext editor and the visual editor. Recently, the 2017 wikitext editor opened fastest for most edits, and the 2010 WikiEditor was fastest for some edits. More information will be posted at [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Editing performance]]. *The '''[[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' was developed for the visual editor. It is now available to all users of the visual editor and the 2017 wikitext editor. When you review your changes, you can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. You can also [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the new Beta Feature]] for "Visual diffs". The Beta Feature lets you use the visual diff tool to view other people's edits on page histories and [[Special:RecentChanges]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T167508] *[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|'''Wikitext syntax highlighting''']] is available as a Beta Feature for both [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor]] and the 2010 wikitext editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] *The [[mw:Citoid|citoid service]] automatically translates URLs, DOIs, ISBNs, and PubMed id numbers into wikitext citation templates. It is very popular and useful to editors, although it can be a bit tricky to set up. <mark>Your wiki can have this service. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|read the instructions]]. You can [[phab:T127354|ask the team to help you enable citoid at your wiki]]</mark>. ===Let's work together=== *The team will talk about editing tools at an upcoming [[m:Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meetings|Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meeting]]. *Wikibooks, Wikiversity, and other communities may have the visual editor made available by default to contributors. If your community wants this, then please contact [[mw:User talk:Deskana (WMF)|Dan Garry]]. *The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Contributors/Projects/Columns for references|automatically display long lists of references in columns]] on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 22:56, 2 Hlakola 2018 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == Editing News #2—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? [[File:Mobile editing watchlist star editing pencil.png|alt=Screenshot showing the location of the pencil icon|center|frameless|250px]] Tap on the pencil icon to start editing. The page will probably open in the wikitext editor. You will see another pencil icon in the toolbar. Tap on that pencil icon to the switch between visual editing and wikitext editing. [[File:Visual editing mobile switch wikitext.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] Remember to publish your changes when you're done. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has wrapped up most of their work on the [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] and [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. The team has begun investigating the needs of editors who use mobile devices. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mw:Wikimedia Audiences/2018-19 Q2 Goals#Contributors|current priorities]] are fixing bugs and improving mobile editing. === Recent changes === *The Editing team has published an [[mw:Mobile editing using the visual editor report|initial report about mobile editing]]. *The Editing team has begun a design study of visual editing on the mobile website. New editors have trouble doing basic tasks on a smartphone, such as adding links to Wikipedia articles. You can [[c:File:Visual Editor Heuristic - Results.pdf|read the report]]. *The Reading team is working on a [[mw:Reading/Web/Advanced mobile contributions|separate mobile-based contributions project]]. *The 2006 wikitext editor is [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Removal of the 2006 wikitext editor|no longer supported]]. If you used [[:File:Edit toolbar - 2.png|that toolbar]], then you will no longer see any toolbar. You may choose another editing tool in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|editing preferences]], [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-gadgets|local gadgets]], or [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta features]]. *The Editing team described the history and status of [[mw:Extension:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] in [[m:Wikimedia monthly activities meetings/2018-03|this recorded public presentation]] (starting at 29 minutes, 30 seconds). *The Language team released [[mw:Content translation/V2|a new version of Content Translation]] (CX2) last month, on [[foundationsite:2018/09/30/international-translation-day/|International Translation Day]]. It integrates the visual editor to support templates, tables, and images. It also produces better wikitext when the translated article is published. [https://wikimediafoundation.org/2018/09/30/content-translation-version-two/] === Let's work together === * The Editing team wants to improve visual editing on the mobile website. <mark>Please read [[mw:Visual-based mobile editing/Ideas/October 2018|their ideas]] and tell the team what you think would help editors who use the mobile site.</mark> *The [[m:Community Wishlist Survey 2019|Community Wishlist Survey]] begins next week. *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 16:17, 2 Dibatsela 2018 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == Editing News #1—July 2019 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] <big>'''Did you know?'''</big> <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? Every article has a pencil icon at the top. Tap on the pencil icon [[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr.svg|frameless|16x16px]] to start editing. '''<big>Edit Cards</big>''' [[File:EditCards-v.20.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] This is what the new '''Edit Cards for editing links''' in the mobile visual editor look like. You can try the prototype here: '''[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].''' </div></div> Welcome back to the [[mw:Editing|Editing]] newsletter. Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|the last newsletter]], the team has released two new features for the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|mobile visual editor]] and has started developing three more. All of this work is part of the team's goal to [[m:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2018-2019/Audiences#Outcome 3: Mobile Contribution|make editing on mobile web simpler]]. Before talking about the team's recent releases, we have a question for you: <strong>Are you willing to try a new way to add and change links?</strong> If you are interested, we would value your input! You can try this new link tool in the mobile visual editor on a separate wiki. <em>Follow these instructions and share your experience:</em> <strong>[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].</strong> === Recent releases === The mobile visual editor is a simpler editing tool, for smartphones and tablets using the [[mw:Reading/Web/Mobile#About|mobile site]]. The Editing team recently launched two new features to improve the mobile visual editor: # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing|Section editing]] #* The purpose is to help contributors focus on their edits. #* The team studied this with an A/B test. [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing#16 June 2019|This test showed]] that contributors who could use section editing were '''1% more likely to publish''' the edits they started than people with only full-page editing. # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#March 1, 2019|Loading overlay]] #* The purpose is to smooth the transition between reading and editing. Section editing and the new loading overlay are '''now available to everyone''' using the mobile visual editor. === New and active projects === This is a list of our most active projects. [[mw:Help:Watching pages|Watch]] these pages to learn about project updates and to share your input on new designs, prototypes and research findings. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit cards]]: This is a clearer way to add and edit links, citations, images, templates, etc. in articles. You can try this feature now. <em>Go here to see how:</em> [[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 <em>Try Edit Cards</em>]]. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Mobile toolbar refresh]]: This project will learn if contributors are more successful when the editing tools are easier to recognize. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|Mobile visual editor availability]]: This A/B test asks: ''Are newer contributors more successful if they use the mobile visual editor?'' We are collaborating with [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default#26 June 2019 %E2%80%93 Participating wikis and test start date|20 Wikipedias]] to answer this question. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Usability improvements|Usability improvements]]: This project will make the mobile visual editor easier to use. The goal is to let contributors stay focused on editing and to feel more confident in the editing tools. === Looking ahead === * '''Wikimania:''' Several members of the Editing Team will be attending [[wmania:|Wikimania]] in August 2019. They will lead a session about mobile editing in the [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|Community Growth space]]. Talk to the team about how editing can be improved. * '''Talk Pages:''' In the coming months, the Editing Team will begin [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|improving talk pages]] and communication on the wikis. === Learning more === The [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|VisualEditor on mobile]] is a good place to learn more about the projects we are working on. The team wants to talk with you about anything related to editing. If you have something to say or ask, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 20:32, 23 Mosegamanye 2019 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=19175117 --> == Editing News #2 – Mobile editing and talk pages == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> Inside this newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] talks about their work on the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]], on [[mw:Talk pages project|the new talk pages project]], and at [[wikimania:|Wikimania 2019]]. === Help === <strong>What talk page interactions do you remember?</strong> Is it a story about how someone helped you to learn something new? Is it a story about how someone helped you get involved in a group? Something else? Whatever your story is, we want to hear it! Please tell us a story about how you used a talk page. <mark>Please share a link to a memorable discussion, or describe it on the <strong>[[mw:Topic:V8d91yh8gcg404dj|talk page for this project]]</strong>.</mark> The team wants your examples. These examples will help everyone develop a shared understanding of what this project should support and encourage. === Talk pages project === The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk Pages Consultation]] was a global consultation to define better tools for wiki communication. From February through June 2019, more than 500 volunteers on 20 wikis, across 15 languages and multiple projects, came together with members of the Foundation to create a product direction for a set of discussion tools. The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019/Phase 2 report|Phase 2 Report]] of the Talk Page Consultation was published in August. It summarizes the product direction the team has started to work on, which you can read more about here: [[mw:Talk pages project|Talk Page Project project page]]. The team needs and wants your help at this early stage. They are starting to develop the first idea. Please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>"Getting involved"</strong>]] section of the project page, if you would like to hear about opportunities to participate. === Mobile visual editor === The Editing team is trying to make it simpler to edit on mobile devices. The team is changing the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|visual editor on mobile]]. If you have something to say about editing on a mobile device, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit Cards]] ==== [[File:Edit Cards-before-v3-comparison.png|thumb|486x486px|What happens when you click on a link. The new Edit Card is bigger and has more options for editing links.]] * On 3 September, the Editing team released [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|version 3 of Edit Cards]]. Anyone could use the new version in the mobile visual editor. * There is an [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|updated design]] on the Edit Card for adding and modifying links. There is also a new, [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#2 September 2019 - v3 deployment timing|combined workflow for editing a link's display text and target]]. * Feedback: You can try the new Edit Cards by opening the mobile visual editor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[:mw:Topic:V5rg0cqmikpubmjj|Edit cards talk page]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Toolbar]] ==== [[File:Toolbar-comparison-v1.png|thumb|486px|The editing toolbar is changing in the mobile visual editor. The old system had two different toolbars. Now, all the buttons are together. [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Tell the team what you think about the new toolbar]].]] * In September, the Editing team updated the mobile visual editor's editing toolbar. Anyone could see these changes in the mobile visual editor. ** <em>One toolbar:</em> All of the editing tools are located in one toolbar. Previously, the toolbar changed when you clicked on different things. **<em>New navigation:</em> The buttons for moving forward and backward in the edit flow have changed. **<em>Seamless switching:</em> an [[phab:T228159|improved workflow]] for switching between the visual and wikitext modes. * Feedback: You can try the refreshed toolbar by opening the mobile VisualEditor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Toolbar feedback talk page]]. === Wikimania === The Editing Team attended [[wmania:2019:Program|Wikimania 2019]] in Sweden. They led a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|the mobile visual editor]] and a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/After Flow: A new direction for improving talk pages|the new talk pages project]]. They tested [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh#v1 prototype|two]] new [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#v3 prototype|features]] in the mobile visual editor with contributors. You can read more about what the team did and learned in [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#Wikimania Stockholm: Overview|the team's report on Wikimania 2019]]. === Looking ahead === * <strong>Talk Pages Project:</strong> The team is thinking about the first set of proposed changes. The team will be working with a few communities to pilot those changes. The best way to stay informed is by adding your username to the list on the project page: [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>Getting involved</strong>]]. * <strong>Testing the mobile visual editor as the default:</strong> The Editing team plans to post results before the end of the calendar year. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|<strong>VisualEditor as mobile default project page</strong>]]. * <strong>Measuring the impact of Edit Cards:</strong> This study asks whether the project helped editors add links and citations. The Editing team hopes to share results in November. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|<strong>Edit Cards project page</strong>]]. – [[User:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 13:12, 29 Diphalane 2019 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/VE_201910/4&oldid=19500850 --> == Editing news 2020 #1 – Discussion tools == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v1.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Screenshot showing what the Reply tool looks like|This early version of the Reply tool automatically signs and indents comments.]] The [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] has been working on [[mw:Talk pages project|the talk pages project]]. The goal of the talk pages project is to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. This project is the result of the [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk pages consultation 2019]]. [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Reply tool improved with edit tool buttons|In a future update, the team plans to test a tool for easily linking to another user's name, a rich-text editing option, and other tools.]] The team is building a [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|new tool for replying]] to comments now. This early version can sign and indent comments automatically. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20version%201.0|test the new Reply tool]].</strong> *On 31 March 2020, the new {{Int:discussiontools-replylink}} tool was offered as a [[mw:Beta Feature|Beta Feature]] editors at four Wikipedias: [[w:ar:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Arabic]], [[w:nl:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Dutch]], [[w:fr:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|French]], and [[w:hu:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Hungarian]]. If your community also wants early access to the new tool, contact [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]]. *The team is planning some upcoming changes. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|review the proposed design]] and share your thoughts on the talk page.</strong> The team will test features such as: **an easy way to mention another editor ("pinging"), **a rich-text visual editing option, and **other features identified through user testing or recommended by editors. To hear more about Editing Team updates, please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Get involved|<strong>"Get involved"</strong>]] section of the project page. You can also watch [[File:MediaWiki Vector skin blue star watchlist icon.svg|frameless|16px]] these pages: [[mw:Talk pages project|the main project page]], [[mw:Talk pages project/Updates|Updates]], [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|Replying]], and [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing|User testing]]. – [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 21:25, 8 Moranang 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Quiddity_(WMF)/sandbox2&oldid=19967064 --> == Editing news 2020 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|alt=Mockup of the new reply feature, showing new editing tools|thumb|400x400px|The new features include a toolbar. [[mw:Talk:Talk pages project/replying|What do you think should be in the toolbar?]]]] This issue of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing|Editing]] newsletter includes information the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]], an effort to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying|<strong>Reply tool</strong>]]: This is available as a Beta Feature at the four partner wikis (Arabic, Dutch, French, and Hungarian Wikipedias). The Beta Feature is called "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}". The Beta Feature will get [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|new features]] soon. The new features include writing comments in a new visual editing mode and pinging other users by typing <code>@</code>. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20tool%20version%202.0|test the new features]] on the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Cluster|Beta Cluster]] now. Some other wikis will have a chance to try the Beta Feature in the coming months. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/New requirements for user signatures|<strong>New requirements for user signatures</strong>]]: Soon, users will not be able to save invalid custom signatures in [[Special:Preferences]]. This will reduce signature spoofing, prevent page corruption, and make new talk page tools more reliable. Most editors will not be affected. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion|<strong>New discussion tool</strong>]]: The Editing team is beginning work on a simpler process for starting new discussions. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion#Design|see the initial design on the project page]]. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Research:Usage of talk pages|<strong>Research on the use of talk pages</strong>]]: The Editing team worked with the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Research|Wikimedia research team]] to study how talk pages help editors improve articles. We learned that new editors who use talk pages make more edits to the main namespace than new editors who don't use talk pages. – [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 22:33, 17 Phupu 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Trizek_(WMF)/sandbox/temp_MassMessage_list&oldid=20184653 --> == Editing news 2020 #3 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:50M@2x.png|thumb|alt=A gold star with a blue ribbon, and the text 50m|More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop.|400px]] Seven years ago this month, the [[mw:Editing team|Editing team]] offered the visual editor to most Wikipedia editors. Since then, editors have achieved many milestones: * More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop. * More than <strong>2 million new articles</strong> have been created in the visual editor. More than 600,000 of these new articles were created during 2019. * The visual editor is <strong>increasingly popular</strong>. The proportion of all edits made using the visual editor has increased every year since its introduction. * In 2019, <strong>35% of the edits by newcomers</strong> (logged-in editors with ≤99 edits) used the visual editor. This percentage has <strong>increased every year</strong>. * Almost <strong>5 million edits on the mobile site</strong> have been made with the visual editor. Most of these edits have been made since the Editing team started improving the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]] in 2018. * On 17 November 2019, the [https://discuss-space.wmflabs.org/t/first-edit-made-to-wikipedia-from-outer-space/2254 <strong>first edit from outer space</strong>] was made in the mobile visual editor. 🚀 👩‍🚀 * Editors have made more than <strong>7 million edits in the 2017 wikitext editor</strong>, including starting <strong>600,000 new articles</strong> in it. The [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] is VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode. You can [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable it in your preferences]]. [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 14:55, 9 Mosegamanye 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=20232673 --> == Sepedi == Poledisano [[Mošomi:Chezzy K|Chezzy K]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Chezzy K|talk]]) 07:33, 14 Diphalane 2020 (SAST) == Translation of "Free Encyclopedia" == Hi! The current logo of Wikipedia in your language says "Ensaeklopidia ya mahala". Is this a good translation of "The Free Encyclopedia"? The word "Free" is supposed to be in the sense of "liberated", "not constrained", "unfettered". More like "free country" or "free people", and not like "given without paying money". In the Oxford English - Northern Sotho Dictionary I can find these words as translations of free: lokologile, ntle le tefo, sesolo, go se be. Looking at the examples, the most appropriate word for me appears to be "lokologile". I cannot find the word "mahala" in this dictionary at all. What do you think? Given this information, do you still think that "Ensaeklopidia ya mahala" is a good translation for "The Free Encyclopedia", or should it perhaps be changed with the word "lokologile", or some other Northern Sotho word? Thanks! Tagging hopefully relevant people: [[User:Mohau]], [[User:Aliwal2012]], [[User:Thuvack]]. --[[Mošomi:Amire80|Amir E. Aharoni]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Amire80|talk]]) 10:13, 11 Manthole 2020 (SAST) :Hello Amir! I took note of your question above, but don't have an answer for you at the moment, sorry. You are correct in your argument about what "Free Encyclopedia" should mean. Regards, [[Mošomi:Aliwal2012|Aliwal2012]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Aliwal2012|talk]]) 10:30, 11 Manthole 2020 (SAST) == Wikimania 2021: Individual Program Submissions == [[File:Wikimania logo with text 2.svg|right|200px]] Dear all, Wikimania 2021 will be [[:wikimania:2021:Save the date and the Core Organizing Team|hosted virtually]] for the first time in the event's 15-year history. Since there is no in-person host, the event is being organized by a diverse group of Wikimedia volunteers that form the [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers|Core Organizing Team]] (COT) for Wikimania 2021. '''Event Program''' - Individuals or a group of individuals can submit their session proposals to be a part of the program. There will be translation support for sessions provided in a number of languages. See more information [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines#Language Accessibility|here]]. Below are some links to guide you through; * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions|Program Submissions]] * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines|Session Submission Guidelines]] * [[:wikimania:2021:FAQ|FAQ]] Please note that the deadline for submission is 18th June 2021. '''Announcements'''- To keep up to date with the developments around Wikimania, the COT sends out weekly updates. You can view them in the Announcement section [[:wikimania:2021:Announcements|here]]. '''Office Hour''' - If you are left with questions, the COT will be hosting some office hours (in multiple languages), in multiple time-zones, to answer any programming questions that you might have. Details can be found [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers#Office hours schedule|here.]] Best regards, [[Mošomi:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 06:18, 16 Phupu 2021 (SAST) On behalf of Wikimania 2021 Core Organizing Team <!-- Message sent by User:Bodhisattwa@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21597568 --> == Editing news 2021 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2021/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:Reply Tool A-B test comment completion.png|alt=Junior contributors comment completion rate across all participating Wikipedias|thumb|296x296px|When newcomers had the Reply tool and tried to post on a talk page, they were more successful at posting a comment. ([https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ Source])]] Earlier this year, the Editing team ran a large study of [[mw:Talk pages project/Replying|the Reply Tool]]. The main goal was to find out whether the Reply Tool helped [[mw:Talk pages project/Glossary|newer editors]] communicate on wiki. The second goal was to see whether the comments that newer editors made using the tool needed to be reverted more frequently than comments newer editors made with the existing wikitext page editor. The key results were: * Newer editors who had automatic ("default on") access to the Reply tool were [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ more likely] to post a comment on a talk page. * The comments that newer editors made with the Reply Tool were also [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ less likely] to be reverted than the comments that newer editors made with page editing. These results give the Editing team confidence that the tool is helpful. <strong>Looking ahead</strong> The team is planning to make the Reply tool available to everyone as an opt-out preference in the coming months. This has already happened at the Arabic, Czech, and Hungarian Wikipedias. The next step is to [[phab:T280599|resolve a technical challenge]]. Then, they will deploy the Reply tool first to the [[phab:T267379|Wikipedias that participated in the study]]. After that, they will deploy it, in stages, to the other Wikipedias and all WMF-hosted wikis. You can turn on "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}" [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|in Beta Features]] now. After you get the Reply tool, you can change your preferences at any time in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 16:14, 24 Phupu 2021 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21624491 --> == Fatima Meer == Fatima Meer o belegwe ka la di 12 Phato 1928 gola Durban nageng ya Kwa Zulu Natal .A hlokofala ngwageng wa 2010 hlakola kadi 12 .Fatima ebe ele mongwadi wa di puku wa go tuma kudu nageng ya South Africa. Obe a tumile bakeng sa go ngwala ka tša thuto ammogo le tshedimošo ya tša golwela tokologo ya Afrika Borwa ka bophara. Ebe ele yo mongwe wa bao ba bego ba le kgahlanong le kgatelelo ya tokologo ya batho baso yes be bego e atile pele kudu ke batho bašweu. Fatima Meer o ile a ithuta gota pele oa morago ga go fetša marematlou unibesithing ya Wits,university of johannesburg ammogo le University of Kwa Zulu Natal . Fatima Meer ebe ele omongwe wa ba thomi ba Jubilee South Africa ,Bathomi mmogo ba Tshepetšo ya mokgahlo wa Jubille 200 movement, Yeo e bego e eme pele bakeng sa go lweša phumolo ya melatonin ya dikoloto tša Dinara tšeo di saitekago ka tša boikemelo. Fatima Meer ke moabi wa dipoelo tše botse kudu gotšwa go ba mmušo le ba lefapha la ditokelo tša botho le batho.Moo a ilego a thopa sefoka aba a lebogwa ka di Mpho tša mangwalo Onase. Fatima Meer ebe ele profesa ka mangwalo a thuto , Ebe ele yo mongwe wa bagwera ba Morena Mandela bao ba bego balwela tokologo ya ditokelo tša batho baso ebile ale gare alwela tikologo ka go lweša kgatelelo ya ditokelo . Fatima oile a tlogela lefase la kakeko ka morago ga bolwetši bjo bo kopana bja kgatelelo ya marapo (stroke) ka morago ga beke tše pedi . Otlogetše bana ba gagwe elego  Rashid Meer, Shehnaz Meer, Shamin Meer. Mongwadi Mmamoloko Engelinah Buthane. [[Mošomi:Ms C4H10|Ms C4H10]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Ms C4H10|talk]]) 17:22, 16 Dibatsela 2021 (SAST) == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Editing news 2022 #1</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2022/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> [[File:Junior Contributor New Topic Tool Completion Rate.png|thumb|New editors were more successful with this new tool.]] The [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:DiscussionTools#New discussion tool|New topic tool]] helps editors create new ==Sections== on discussion pages. New editors are more successful with this new tool. You can [[mw:Talk pages project/New topic#21 April 2022|read the report]]. Soon, the Editing team will offer this to all editors at the 20 Wikipedias that participated in the test. You will be able to turn it off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]].<section end="message"/> </div> [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] 20:55, 2 Mopitlo 2022 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=22019984 --> == Deployment of FLORES Machine Translation to Northern Sotho Wikipedia == Hello Friends! Apologies as this message is not in your native language {{Int:Please-translate}}. The WMF Language team plans to introduce a machine translation (MT) support for the Content Translation in Northern Sotho Wikipedia called FLORES. This means that you can choose to use [https://ai.facebook.com/blog/the-flores-101-data-set-helping-build-better-translation-systems-around-the-world/ FLORES machine translation] when translating Wikipedia articles to Northern Sotho using [https://nso.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ContentTranslation the Content Translation tool]. The FLORES Machine Translation is provided by an [https://ai.facebook.com/ AI research team at Meta] through a free for use API key that allows the Content Translation to access the service on the FLORES server for an evaluation trial period. This MT will be set as default in your Wikipedia, but you can choose not to use it by selecting "Start with empty paragraph" from the "Initial Translation" dropdown menu. The Wikimedia Foundation has worked out an agreement that allows the use of FLORES without compromising Wikipedia’s policies about attribution of rights, your privacy as a user, and brand representation. You can find more information about the FLORES Machine translation on [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Content_translation/Machine_Translation/Flores#Summary_of_our_agreement_with_Meta this page]. Please note that the use of the FLORES MT is not compulsory. However, we would want your community to: *use it once it is deployed to improve the quality of the Machine Translation service *[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Talk:Content_translation provide feedback] about our plans, its quality once deployed and ask any questions you might have about this addition. We trust that introducing this MT is a good support to the Content Translations tool towards having better quality articles in Northern Sotho Wikipedia. Thank you! [[Mošomi:UOzurumba (WMF)|UOzurumba (WMF)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:UOzurumba (WMF)|talk]]) 01:35, 1 Phupu 2022 (SAST) == Editing news 2023 #1 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2023/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> This newsletter includes two key updates about the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing team|Editing]] team's work: # The Editing team will finish adding new features to the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]] and deploy it. # They are beginning a new project, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]]. <strong>Talk pages project</strong> [[File:Page Frame Features on desktop.png|alt=Screenshot showing the talk page design changes that are currently available as beta features at all Wikimedia wikis. These features include information about the number of people and comments within each discussion.|thumb|300px|Some of the upcoming changes]] The Editing team is nearly finished with this first phase of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project|Talk pages project]]. Nearly all [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Usability|new features]] are available now in the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Beta Feature for {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. It will show information about how active a discussion is, such as the date of the most recent comment. There will soon be a new "{{int:skin-action-addsection}}" button. You will be able to turn them off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Talk_pages_project/Usability#c-PPelberg_(WMF)-20230215001000-Feedback:_Proposed_Revisions_to_%22Add_topic%22_button|tell them what you think]]. [[File:Daily edit completion rates mobile talk pages.png|thumb|300px|Daily edit completion rate by test group: DiscussionTools (test group) and MobileFrontend overlay (control group)]] An A/B test for [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Mobile|{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}} on the mobile site]] has finished. Editors were [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project/Mobile#Status_Updates|more successful with {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. The Editing team is enabling these features for all editors on the mobile site. <strong>New Project: Edit Check</strong> The Editing team is beginning [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|a project to help new editors of Wikipedia]]. It will help people identify some problems before they click "{{int:publishchanges}}". The first tool will encourage people to add references when they add new content. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Watchlist|watch]] that page for more information. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing_team/Community_Conversations#20230303|join a conference call on 3&nbsp;March&nbsp;2023]] to learn more.<section end="message"/> </div> –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}]]) 01:24, 23 Dibokwane 2023 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=24611966 --> == Wikimedia South Africa Human Rights Day Edit-a-thon 2025 == '''Good day, Fellow Wikipedians of Sepedi Wiki''' Wikimedia South Africa invites you to the first of many online edit-a-thons aimed at expanding African content on Wikipedia in African languages. This inaugural event will be held in celebration of '''South Africa’s Human Rights Day''', a day of remembrance for the '''Sharpeville Massacre''' and a tribute to those who fought for the freedoms we enjoy today. Currently, much of this important history is only available in English and Afrikaans. Our goal is to change that by making it accessible in '''South African native languages'''. Join us in bridging the language gap and ensuring that this rich history is available to all. '''Date:''' 21 March 2025 '''Time:''' 10:00 - 17:00 (Join in at any time) '''Platform:''' Google Meet '''Human Rights Day Edit-a-thon 2025''' Friday, 21 March · 10:00am – 5:00pm Time zone: Africa/Johannesburg Google Meet joining info '''Video call link''': <nowiki>https://meet.google.com/zax-dtqt-nua</nowiki> Or dial: ‪(ZA) +27 10 823 0626‬ PIN: ‪120 006 126‬# More phone numbers: <nowiki>https://tel.meet/zax-dtqt-nua?pin=4396322570287</nowiki> Let's come together to honor the past and contribute to a more inclusive Wikipedia. We look forward to seeing you there. Best regards, '''Wikimedia South Africa''' [[Mošomi:Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)|Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)|talk]]) 19:46, 20 Hlakola 2025 (SAST) l6ynlp5d6r0r0ggu5rmba0u9w4g2qtz 55139 55138 2026-07-09T07:04:55Z Joyful05 8650 /* Bošušumetša */ 55139 wikitext text/x-wiki == Visual Editor == We need to get the editor on this wiki. It would help get people who are willing to contribute but are not that happy to do text edits. [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] ^{[[User talk:Mohau|Talk]]} 11:04, 27 Diphalane 2016 (SAST) * Visual Editor is available for Beta Testing... [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] ^{[[User talk:Mohau|Talk]]} 09:52, 2 Dibatsela 2016 (SAST) == Bošušumetša == Anyone knows what Bošušumetša is? [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] 18:33, 5 November 2008 (UTC) I think we should remove it, have no idea what it is. I cant help on that one but ''go sussumetsa'' is to force through pushing mostly to a heat concentrated environment. Is widely used when dry cattle dung (disu in N. Sotho) is forced underneath the 3-legged pot for fire. Futher more the BO as a prefix to the word makes it a place as per language structure. kgomo waKganakga (motlokwa yo mogolo,2010'02) Motšhošetši is terrorist, so that might have been the intent. [[User:Boitumelo|Boitumelo]] 17:49, 5 September 2009 (UTC) User Mohau, I agree with you, Bošušumetša is incorrectly spelt; the user meant to say gošušumetša, which means to forcefully push through. Mohlala/example: O šušumeditse merwalo ya gagwe ka gare ga koloi ya go tlala kudu.JoyFul05 09:02, 9 July 2026 == Thutaswika == Any idea what this might be, Geology maybe? But then Geology includes liquids and it is not just the study of rocks. [[User:Boitumelo|Boitumelo]] 19:24, 5 September 2009 (UTC) Thutaswika is definately Geology irrespective of what the study details. It should be noted that language has been in existance for a long time and our forefathers where not studing in fields like Geology. Kgomo waKganakga 2010'02 == Question about geographical names == Can anyone translate to Sepedi geographical names listed below? [[User:Aotearoa|Aotearoa]] 08:21, 11 November 2009 (UTC) *Crocodile River *Bushveld *Veld *Murchison Range *Kruger National Park *Transvaal == Help Needed == '''Century and Decade''' I have changed the template on the dates artles to use Year Nav as attached on this page. {{Year_nav|2010}} Can anyone please add the missing articles to the project. Thanks in Advance [[User:Mohau|Mohau]] 13:24, 8 January 2010 (UTC) * Done Ngwagakete 1,2,3 and 4 [[User:Fahlaza|Fahlaza]] 19:00, 10 January 2010 (UTC) ==VisualEditor coming to this wiki== Hello. Please excuse the English. I would be grateful if you can translate this message! VisualEditor is coming to this project on December 2, 2013. VisualEditor is software in development to allow people to edit pages in MediaWiki without needing to learn wikitext syntax (like typing <nowiki>[[</nowiki> to start a link). It is already available and in use on some Wikipedia projects. Please see [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/FAQ]] for more information. When this software arrives, you will have the option to use it or to use the current wikitext editor. When you press “edit”, you will get the new VisualEditor software. To use the wikitext editor, you can press “edit source”. For more information about how to use VisualEditor, see [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/User guide]]. We hope that this software will be useful to people in your community, and we can really use your help to make it better! Please let us know if you find any problems. If you're willing and able, please [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/How to report a bug|report the issue in bugzilla]] in the [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=VisualEditor&format=guided "VisualEditor" product]. If you would prefer not, please explain the issue you found on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|central feedback page]] on mediawiki.org. Once VisualEditor is made available, if there are any urgent problems, like an unexpected bug suddenly causing widespread severe problems, please e-mail James Forrester, the Product Manager, at jforrester@wikimedia.org for immediate attention. We would also appreciate help with translation with the pages about VisualEditor here and on MediaWiki.org, and its user interface. To translate the user interface, start by creating an account at [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special:UserLogin&returnto=Special%3AFirstSteps&type=on TranslateWiki]. Once your account request is approved, all you need to do is select your language from [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-visualeditor#sortable:3=desc this list]. This will give you a list of individual lines and paragraphs. The English original will be on one side, with the option to “edit” on the other. Pressing “edit” will open an edit window where you can work. The User Guide is another important document. To translate this, simply go to [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|the MediaWiki.org page]], and select “translate this page”. Your language should be available from the drop-down menu on the right. If you want to help with translations and would like to talk about how, please leave a message for me on my talk page. Thank you, and happy editing! --[[Mošomi:PEarley (WMF)|PEarley (WMF)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:PEarley (WMF)|talk]]) 21:44, 19 Dibatsela 2013 (SAST) == VisualEditor global newsletter—June 2014 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> This is a <u>one-time mailing</u> to projects that may need this information. Future newsletters will be available as '''opt-in only'''. To receive future newsletters (about one per month), please '''add your page to the subscribers' list at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter]]. You're welcome to translate to your language.''' <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#666666;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#A7D7F9;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#339966;"></div> <div style="width:25%; float:left;height:4px; background:#990000;"></div> <br /> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:VisualEditor - Toolbar - Formatting.png|alt=The character formatting menu|centre|frameless|316x316px]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> The character formatting menu, or "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-style-tooltip}}" menu lets you set bold, italic, and other text styles. "Clear formatting" removes all text styles and removes links to other pages. Do you think that clear formatting should remove links? Are there changes you would like to see for this menu? [[:mw:Thread:VisualEditor/Feedback/Clearing formatting_and_links|Share your opinion at MediaWiki.org]]. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> ''The [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] team is mostly working to fix bugs, improve performance, reduce technical debt, and other infrastructure needs. You can find [[:mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]] weekly updates detailing recent work.'' * They have moved the "{{int:visualeditor-dialog-command-help-title}}" link out of the "{{int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}}" menu, into the "{{int:visualeditor-help-tool}}" menu. Within dialog boxes, buttons are now more accessible (via the Tab key) from the keyboard. * You can now '''see the target of the link''' when you click on it, without having to open the inspector. * The team also expanded '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Portal/TemplateData|TemplateData]]''': You can now add a parameter type  "<code>date"</code> for dates and times in the [[w:ISO 8601|ISO 8601]] format, and  "<code>boolean"</code> for values which are true or false. Also, templates that redirect to other templates (like <code><nowiki>{{citeweb}}</nowiki></code> → <code><nowiki>{{cite web}}</nowiki></code>) now get the TemplateData of their target ([[bugzilla:50964|bug 50964]]). You can test TemplateData by editing [[:mw:Template:Sandbox/doc]]. * Category: and File: pages now display their contents correctly after saving an edit ([[bugzilla:65349|bug 65349]], [[bugzilla:64239|bug 64239]]) * They have also improved '''reference editing''': You should no longer be able to add empty citations with VisualEditor (bug 64715), as with references. When you edit a reference, you can now empty it and click the "use an existing reference" button to replace it with another reference instead.  * It is now possible to edit '''inline images''' with VisualEditor. Remember that inline images cannot display captions, so existing captions get removed. Many other bugs related to images were also fixed. * You can now add and edit <code><nowiki>{{DISPLAYTITLE}}</nowiki></code> and <code><nowiki>__DISAMBIG__</nowiki></code> in the "{{int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}}" menu, rounding out the full set of page options currently planned. * The tool to insert '''special characters''' is now wider and simpler.</div> === Looking ahead === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The VisualEditor team has posted a draft of their goals for the next fiscal year. You can read them and suggest changes [[:mw:Wikimedia Engineering/2014-15 Goals#Editing|on MediaWiki.org]]. The team posts details about planned work on [[:mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor's roadmap]]. You will soon be able to '''drag-and-drop text''' as well as images. If you drag an image to a new place, it won't let you place it in the middle of a paragraph. All dialog boxes and windows will be simplified based on user testing and feedback. The VisualEditor team [[:mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''autofill features''']]''' for citations'''. <mark>Your [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Reference Dialog|ideas about making referencing quick and easy]] are still wanted.</mark> Support for '''upright image sizes''' is being developed. The designers are also working on support for '''viewing and editing hidden HTML comments''' and '''adding rows and columns to tables'''. </div> === Supporting your wiki === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> Please read [[:mw:VisualEditor/Citation tool|VisualEditor/Citation tool]] for information on configuring the new '''citation template menu''', labeled "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}". This menu will not appear unless it has been configured on your wiki. If you speak a language other than English, '''we need your help with translating [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]]'''. The guide is out of date or incomplete for many languages, and what's on your wiki may not be the most recent translation. Please [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/TranslationCentral#Getting_started_with_translations|contact us]] if you need help getting started with translation work on MediaWiki.org. VisualEditor can be made available to most non-Wikipedia projects. If your community would like to test VisualEditor, please contact product manager [[:m:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]] or file an enhancement request in Bugzilla. Please share your questions, suggestions, or problems by posting a note at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]] or by joining the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] on '''Saturday, 19 July 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=21&min=00&sec=0&day=19&month=07&year=2014 21:00 UTC]''' (daytime for the Americas and Pacific Islands) or on '''Thursday, 14 August 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 9:00 UTC]''' (daytime for Europe, Middle East, Asia). If you'd like to get this newsletter on your own page (about once a month), please subscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]] (or at [[:w:en:Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Newsletter]] for English Wikipedia only). Thank you! --[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 00:33, 26 Phupu 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter_2&oldid=9006419 --> == Updates related to VisualEditor == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> :''Please help translate this message in your language. Thanks :) '' Hi, everybody. This is a reminder that we invite you to discuss VisualEditor's recent development and plans ahead during the '''[[:m:IRC office hours|next office hours]]''' with James Forrester (Product Manager): *[http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 Thursday, August 14, 9:00 UTC]; *[http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=16&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=09&year=2014 Thursday, September 18, 16:00 UTC]. If you are not able to attend but have a question for James, you can leave your question [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|at mediawiki.org]] or on my talk page <u>by the day before</u>, and I will try to get a response. We plan to continue these monthly sessions as long as there is community interest, and to announce them through the '''[[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|VisualEditor global newsletter]]''' as well (please subscribe your talk page there to get the latest news about the software). Most of the VisualEditor team will be at '''[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Main_Page Wikimania in London]''' in August! You'll be able to meet the developers during the Hackaton or at the following sessions: *[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Submissions/VisualEditor_%E2%80%94_helping_users_edit_more_easily VisualEditor — helping users edit more easily], Saturday, August 9; *[https://wikimania2014.wikimedia.org/wiki/Submissions/VisualEditor_—_engineering_against_the_odds VisualEditor — engineering against the odds], Sunday, August 10. WMF community liaisons will share a booth with community advocates at the Community Village and look forward to talking to you there. Thanks for your attention! --[[User:Elitre (WMF)]] 18:02, 31 Mosegamanye 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=9365654 --> == VisualEditor global newsletter—July and August 2014 == <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|right|200px]] ''The [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] team is currently working mostly to fix bugs, improve performance, reduce technical debt, and other infrastructure needs. You can find [[:mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]] weekly updates detailing recent work.'' [[File:VisualEditor - Link editing inline box.png|thumb|Dialog boxes in VisualEditor have been re-designed to use action words instead of icons. This has increased the number of [[:mw:VisualEditor/TranslationCentral#Translate the VisualEditor interface|items that need to be translated]]. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] is also being updated. |alt=Screenshot of VisualEditor's link tool|240px]] The biggest visible change since the last newsletter was to the dialog boxes. '''The design for each dialog box and window was simplified.''' The most commonly needed buttons are now at the top. Based on user feedback, the buttons are now labeled with simple words (like "Cancel" or "Done") instead of potentially confusing icons (like "<" or "X"). Many of the buttons to edit links, images, and other items now also show the linked page, image name, or other useful information when you click on them. * '''Hidden HTML comments''' (notes visible to editors, but not to readers) can now be read, edited, inserted, and removed. A small icon (a white exclamation mark on a dot) marks the location of each comments. You can click on the icon to see the comment. * You can now '''drag and drop text''' and templates as well as images. A new placement line makes it much easier to see where you are dropping the item. Images can no longer be dropped into the middle of paragraphs. * '''All references and footnotes ('''<code><nowiki><ref></nowiki></code>''' tags) are now made through the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}" menu''', including the "{{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-reference-tooltip}}" (manual formatting) footnotes and the ability to re-use an existing citation, both of which were previously accessible only through the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu. The "{{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-referencelist-tooltip}}" is still added via the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu. * When you add an image or other media file, you are now prompted to add an '''image caption''' immediately. You can also replace an image whilst keeping the original caption and other settings. * All tablet users visiting the '''mobile web''' version of Wikipedias will be able to opt-in to a version of VisualEditor from 14 August. You can test the new tool by choosing the beta version of the mobile view in the Settings menu. * The '''link tool''' has a new "Open" button that will open a linked page in another tab so you can make sure a link is the right one. * The '''"Cancel" button''' in the toolbar has been removed based on user testing. To cancel any edit, you can leave the page by clicking the Read tab, the back button in your browser, or closing the browser window without saving your changes. </div> === Looking ahead === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The team posts details about planned work on the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The VisualEditor team [[:mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']]''' for citations''' soon. <mark>Your [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Reference Dialog|ideas about making referencing quick and easy]] are still wanted.</mark> Support for '''upright image sizes''' is being developed. The designers are also working on support for '''adding rows and columns to tables'''. Work to support '''Internet Explorer''' is ongoing. </div> === Feedback opportunities === <div class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> The Editing team will be making two presentations this weekend at '''Wikimania''' in London. The first is with product manager James Forrester and developer Trevor Parscal on [[wm2014:Submissions/VisualEditor_—_helping_users_edit_more_easily|Saturday at 16:30]]. The second is with developers Roan Kattouw and Trevor Parscal on [[wm2014:Submissions/VisualEditor_—_engineering_against_the_odds|Sunday at 12:30]]. There is a '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Translathon|VisualEditor Translation Sprint]]''' going on during Wikimania; whether you're in London or not, any contributions are welcome! Please share your questions, suggestions, or problems by posting a note at the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|'''VisualEditor feedback page''']] or by joining the [[:m:IRC office hours|'''office hours discussion''']] on Thursday, 14 August 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014 09:00 UTC] (daytime for Europe, Middle East and Asia) or on Thursday, 18 September 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=9&min=00&sec=0&day=14&month=08&year=2014http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=16&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=09&year=2014 16:00 UTC] (daytime for the Americas; evening for Europe). If you'd like to get this newsletter on your own page (about once a month), please subscribe at [[:w:en:Wikipedia:VisualEditor/Newsletter]] for English Wikipedia only or at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]] for any project. Thank you! --[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 16:40, 9 Phato 2014 (SAST) </div> <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=9366342 --> == VisualEditor News #8—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:TemplateData GUI editor with two parameters.png|alt=|centre|frameless|230x230px]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> TemplateData is a separate program that organizes information about the parameters that can be used in a template. VisualEditor reads that data, and uses it to populate its simplified template dialogs. With the new TemplateData editor, it is easier to add information about parameters, because the ones you need to use are pre-loaded. See [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]] for more information about adding TemplateData. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing]] team has reduced technical debt, simplified some workflows for template and citation editing, made major progress on Internet Explorer support, and fixed [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/buglist.cgi?list_id=349619&order=priority%252Cbug_severity&product=VisualEditor&query_format=advanced&resolution=FIXED&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-14&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-21&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-08-28&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-04&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-11&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-18&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-09-25&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-02 over 125 bugs and requests]. Several performance improvements were made, especially to the system around re-using references and reference lists. Weekly updates are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]]. There were three issues that required urgent fixes: a deployment error that meant that many buttons didn't work correctly (bugs [[bugzilla:69856|69856]] and [[bugzilla:69864|69864]]), a problem with edit conflicts that left the editor with nowhere to go ([[bugzilla:69150|bug 69150]]), and a problem in Internet Explorer 11 that replaced some categories with a link to the system message [[MediaWiki:Badtitletext]] ([[bugzilla:70894|bug 70894]]) when you saved. The developers apologize for the disruption, and thank the people who reported these problems quickly. === Increased support for devices and browsers === '''Internet Explorer 10 and 11 users now have access to VisualEditor'''. This means that about 5% of Wikimedia's users will now get an "Edit" tab alongside the existing "Edit source" tab. Support for Internet Explorer 9 is planned for the future. '''Tablet users''' browsing the site's mobile mode now have the option of using a mobile-specific form of VisualEditor. More editing tools, and availability of VisualEditor on smartphones, is planned for the future. The '''mobile version of VisualEditor''' was tweaked to show the context menu for citations instead of basic references ([[bugzilla:68897|bug 68897]]). A bug that broke the editor in iOS was corrected and released early ([[bugzilla:68949|bug 68949]]). For mobile tablet users, three bugs related to scrolling were fixed ([[bugzilla:66697|bug 66697]], [[bugzilla:68828|bug 68828]], [[bugzilla:69630|bug 69630]]). You can use VisualEditor on the mobile version of Wikipedia from your tablet by clicking on the cog in the top-right when editing a page and choosing which editor to use. === TemplateData editor === '''The tool for editing [[mw:Extension:TemplateData|TemplateData]] has been deployed to 30 more Wikipedias this week.''' Other Wikipedias and some other projects may receive access next month. This tool makes it easier to add TemplateData to the template's documentation. When the tool is enabled, it will add a button above every editing window for a template (including documentation subpages). To use it, edit the template page or a subpage, and then click the "{{int:templatedata-editbutton}}" button at the top. Read [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]]. You can test the TemplateData editor [[mw:Template:Sandbox/doc|in a sandbox at Mediawiki.org]]. Remember that TemplateData should be placed either on a documentation subpage '''''or''''' on the template page itself. Only one block of TemplateData will be used per template. === Other changes === Several interface '''messages and labels were changed''' to be simpler, clearer, or shorter, based on feedback from translators and editors. The formatting of dialogs was changed, and more changes to the appearance will be coming soon, when VisualEditor implements the new MediaWiki theme from Design. (A preview of the theme is [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|available on Labs]] for developers.) The team also made some improvements for users of the '''Monobook''' skin that improved the size of text in toolbars and fixed selections that overlapped menus. VisualEditor-MediaWiki now supplies the <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">mw-redirect</code> and <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">mw-disambig</code> class on '''links to redirects and disambiguation pages''', so that user gadgets that colour in these types of links can be created. '''Templates' fields can be marked as '<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">required</code>' '''in TemplateData. If a parameter is marked as required, then you cannot delete that field when you add a new template or edit an existing one ([[bugzilla:60358|bug 60358]]). Language support improved by making annotations use bi-directional isolation (so they display correctly with cursoring behaviour as expected) and by fixing a bug that crashed VisualEditor when trying to edit a page with a <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">dir</code> attribute but no <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">lang</code> set ([[bugzilla:69955|bug 69955]]). === Looking ahead === The team posts details about planned work on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The VisualEditor team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' soon, perhaps in late October. The team is also working on support for '''adding rows and columns to tables''', and early work for this may appear within the month. <mark>Please comment on the design [[:mw:VisualEditor/Design/Table editor#Design Workflow for comments|at Mediawiki.org]].</mark> In the future, real-time collaborative editing may be possible in VisualEditor. Some early preparatory work for this was recently done. === Supporting your wiki === At Wikimania, several developers gave presentations about VisualEditor. A translation sprint focused on improving access to VisualEditor was supported by many people. '''Deryck Chan''' was the top translator. Special honors also go to '''संजीव कुमार (Sanjeev Kumar)''', '''Robby''', '''Takot''', '''Bachounda''', '''Bjankuloski06''' and '''Ата'''. A [[mw:VisualEditor/Translathon#Highlights from the Translathon|summary]] of the work achieved by the translation community is available. Thank you all for your work. This was the first translatable VisualEditor newsletter, so thanks to everybody who made this possible! If it hasn't been delivered in your language, and you'd like to help with translations in the future, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or contact <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span>, so that you will be notified when the next issue is due. VisualEditor can be made available to most non-Wikipedia projects. If your community would like to test VisualEditor, please contact product manager <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[m:User talk:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]]</span> or file an [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=VisualEditor&component=General enhancement request in Bugzilla]. Please join the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] on Saturday, 18 October 2014 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=18&min=00&sec=0&day=18&month=10&year=2014 18:00 UTC] (daytime for the Americas; evening for Africa and Europe) and on Wednesday, 19 November at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?msg=VisualEditor+office+hour+for+November&iso=20141119T16&p1=1440 16:00 UTC] on [[:w:IRC|IRC]]. ''Give feedback on VisualEditor at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback.]] Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you!'' —<span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 11:49, 13 Diphalane 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=10123380 --> == VisualEditor News #9—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="float:right;width:230px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]][[File:VisualEditor - moble tablet switching.png|alt=Screenshot on an iPad, showing how to switch from one editor to the other|centre|frameless|230x230px]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> VisualEditor is also available on the mobile version of Wikipedia. Log in and click the pencil icon to open the page you want to edit. Click on the gear-shaped settings button in the upper-right corner to pick which editor to use. Choose "{{int:Mobile-frontend-editor-visual-editor}}" to use VisualEditor, or "{{int:Mobile-frontend-editor-source-editor}}" to use the wikitext editor. It will remember whether you used wikitext or VisualEditor, and use the same editor the next time you edit an article. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has information about how to use VisualEditor. Not all features are available on the mobile website. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many [https://bugzilla.wikimedia.org/buglist.cgi?list_id=355757&product=VisualEditor&query_format=advanced&resolution=FIXED&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-09&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-16&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-23%20%281.25wmf5%29&target_milestone=VE-deploy-2014-10-29%20%281.25wmf6%29 bugs and requests], and worked on support for editing tables and for using non-Latin languages. Their weekly updates are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on Mediawiki.org]]. Informal notes from the recent quarterly review were posted [[m:WMF_Metrics_and_activities_meetings/Quarterly_reviews/Editing/October_2014|on Meta]]. === Recent improvements === Basic support for '''inserting tables''' and changing the number of rows and columns in them was just introduced to Wikipedias. Advanced features, like dragging columns to different places, will be added later. To help editors find the most important items more quickly, some items in the toolbar menus are now hidden behind '''a "{{int:Ooui-toolbar-more}}" item''', such as "{{int:Visualeditor-annotationbutton-underline-tooltip}}" in the styling menu. The French Wikipedia should see '''better search results''' for links, templates, and media because the [[:mw:Help:CirrusSearch|new search engine]] was turned on for everyone there. This change is expected at the Chinese and German Wikipedias this week, and the following week at the English Wikipedia. The "pawn" system has been mostly replaced. Bugs in this system sometimes added a chess pawn character to wikitext. The replacement provides better support for '''non-Latin languages''', with full support hopefully coming soon. VisualEditor is now provided to editors who use '''Internet Explorer''' 10 or 11 on desktop and mobile devices. Internet Explorer 9 is not supported yet. The '''keyboard shortcuts''' for items in the toolbar menus are now shown in the menus. VisualEditor will replace the existing design with a '''new theme''' from the [[mw:Design|User Experience/Design group]]. The appearance of dialog boxes has already changed in the mobile version. The appearance on desktops will change soon. You are welcome to compare [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-apex-vector-ltr|the old "Apex" design]] and [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|the new "MediaWiki" theme]] which will replace it. Several bugs were fixed for internal and external links. Improvements to MediaWiki's search solved an annoying problem: If you searched for the full name of the page or file that you wanted to link, sometimes the search engine could not find the page. A link inside a template to a local page that does not exist will now show red, exactly as it does when reading the page. Due to an error, for about two weeks this also affected all external links inside templates. Opening an auto-numbered link node like [http://example.com] with the keyboard used to open the wrong link tool. These problems have all been fixed. === TemplateData === '''The tool for quickly editing [[mw:Extension:TemplateData|TemplateData]] has been deployed to all Wikimedia Foundation wikis on Thursday, 6 November.''' This tool was already available on the biggest 40 Wikipedias, and now all wikis will have access to it. This tool makes it easier to add TemplateData to the template's documentation. When the tool is enabled, it will add a button above every editing window for a template (including documentation subpages). To use it, edit the template or a subpage, and then click the "{{int:templatedata-editbutton}}" button at the top. Read [[mw:Help:TemplateData|the help page for TemplateData]] to learn more about it. You can test the TemplateData editor [[mw:Template:Sandbox/doc|in a sandbox at Mediawiki.org]]. Remember that TemplateData should be placed either on a documentation subpage '''''or''''' on the template page itself. Only one block of TemplateData will be used per template. You can use the '''new autovalue setting''' to pre-load a value into a template. This can be used to substitute dates, as in [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=632356794&oldid=632356402 this example], or to add the most common value for that parameter. The autovalue can be overridden by the editor, by typing something else in the field. In TemplateData, you may '''define a parameter as "required"'''. The template dialog box in VisualEditor will warn editors if they leave a "required" parameter empty, and they will not be able to delete that parameter. If the template can function without this parameter, then please mark it as "{{int:Templatedata-doc-param-status-suggested}}" or "{{int:Templatedata-doc-param-status-optional}}" in TemplateData instead. === Looking ahead === The VisualEditor team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' soon. The appearance of the media search dialog will improve, to make picking between possible images easier and more visual. The team posts details about planned work on the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The [[mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|user guide]] is being updated to add information about editing tables. The translations of the user guide for most languages except Spanish, French, and Dutch are significantly out of date. '''Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&action=page&filter= complete the current translations]''' for users who speak your language. [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Whatamidoing_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new Talk to us] if you need help exporting the translated guide to your wiki. '''You can influence VisualEditor's design'''! Tell the VisualEditor team what you want changed during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next sessions are on Wednesday, 19 November at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?msg=VisualEditor+office+hour+for+November&iso=20141119T16&p1=1440 16:00 UTC] and on Wednesday 7 January 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=22&min=00&sec=0&day=7&month=1&year=2015 22:00 UTC]. You can also share your ideas at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback.]] Also, '''user experience researcher''' [[:mw:User:ARipstra (WMF)|Abbey Ripstra]] is looking for editors to show her how they edit Wikipedia. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for the research program] if you would like to hear about opportunities. If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or contact [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you! —<span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 01:29, 15 Dibatsela 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Elitre_(WMF)/MassMessage/VE_Global_Newsletter&oldid=10491257 --> == VisualEditor News #10—2014 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}width:230px;border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] [[File:VisualEditor table editing add and remove columns.png|230x230px|center|frameless|alt=Screenshot showing how to add or remove columns from a table]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size:90%;"> Basic table editing is now available in VisualEditor. You can add and remove rows and columns from tables at the click of a button. [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div> </div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on table editing and performance. Their weekly status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. '''VisualEditor was deployed to several hundred remaining wikis''' as an opt-in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta feature]] at the end of November, except for most Wiktionaries (which depend heavily upon templates) and all Wikisources (which await integration with [[mw:Extension:Proofread Page|ProofreadPage]]). === Recent improvements === Basic support for '''editing tables''' is now available. You can add and delete tables, add and remove rows and columns, set or remove a caption for a table, and merge cells together. To change the contents of a cell, double-click inside it. More features will be added in the coming months. In addition, VisualEditor now ignores broken, invalid <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">rowspan</code> and <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">colspan</code> elements, instead of trying to repair them. You can now use '''find and replace''' in VisualEditor, reachable through the tool menu or by pressing <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd> or <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">⌘ Cmd</code></kbd>+<kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">F</code></kbd>. You can now create and edit simple <code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki><blockquote></nowiki></code> paragraphs for quoting and indenting content. This changes a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-paragraph}}" into a "{{Int:Visualeditor-formatdropdown-format-blockquote}}". Some '''new keyboard sequences''' can be used to format content. At the start of the line, typing "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">* </code>" will make the line a bullet list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">1.</code>" or "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">#</code>" will make it a numbered list; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">==</code>" will make it a section heading; "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">: </code>" will make it a blockquote. If you didn't mean to use these tools, you can press undo to undo the formatting change. There are also two other keyboard sequences: "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>[[</nowiki></code>" for opening the link tool, and "<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"><nowiki>{{</nowiki></code>" for opening the template tool, to help experienced editors. The existing standard keyboard shortcuts, like <kbd><code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">^ Ctrl</code></kbd>+<code class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">K</code> to open the link editor, still work. If you add a category that has been redirected, then VisualEditor now adds its target. Categories without description pages show up as red. You can again create and edit '''galleries''' as wikitext code. === Looking ahead === The current VisualEditor design will be replaced with a '''new theme''' designed by the [[mw:Design|User Experience group]]. The new theme will be visible for desktop systems at mediawiki.org in late December and on other sites in early January. (You can see a developer preview of [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-apex-vector-ltr|the old "Apex" theme]] and [[toollabs:oojs-ui/oojs-ui/demos/index.html#widgets-mediawiki-vector-ltr|the new "MediaWiki" one]] which will replace it.) The Editing team [[mw:Cite-from-id|plans to add '''auto-fill features''']] '''for citations''' in January. Planned changes to the media search dialog will make choosing between possible images easier. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. * Translations of the [[mw:Help:VisualEditor/User_guide|user guide]] for most languages are outdated. Only Ukrainian, Portuguese, Spanish, French, and Dutch translations are nearly current. Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete the current translations] for users who speak your language. * Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Wednesday, 7 January 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=22&min=00&sec=0&day=7&month=1&year=2015 22:00 UTC]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 20:59, 26 Manthole 2014 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10823356 --> == VisualEditor News #1—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|300px|right|frameless|alt=VisualEditor]] Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's appearance, the coming Citoid reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/status|on mediawiki.org]]. Upcoming plans are posted at the [[mw:VisualEditor/Roadmap|VisualEditor roadmap]]. The Wikimedia Foundation has named [[:mw:Wikimedia_Engineering/2014-15_Goals#Top_departmental_priorities_for_Q3_.28January-March_2015.29|its top priorities for this quarter]] (January to March). The first priority is making VisualEditor ready for deployment by default to all new users and logged-out users at the remaining large Wikipedias. You can help identify these requirements. <mark>There will be weekly '''triage meetings '''which''' will be open to volunteers''' beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC). </mark> Tell Vice President of Engineering [[:foundation:User:Damon_Sicore_(WMF)|Damon Sicore]], Product Manager [[:mw:User:Jdforrester_(WMF)|James Forrester]] and other team members which bugs and features are most important to you. The decisions made at these meetings will determine what work is necessary for this quarter's goal of making VisualEditor ready for deployment to new users. The presence of volunteers who enjoy contributing MediaWiki code is particularly appreciated. Information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins. Due to some breaking changes in MobileFrontend and VisualEditor, VisualEditor was not working correctly on the mobile site for a couple of days in early January. The teams apologize for the problem. === Recent improvements === The''' new design for VisualEditor''' aligns with MediaWiki's [[mw:Frontend standards group|Front-End Standards]] as led by the Design team. Several new versions of the [[mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]] library have also been released, and these also affect the appearance of VisualEditor and other MediaWiki software extensions. Most changes were minor, like changing the text size and the amount of white space in some windows. Buttons are consistently color-coded to indicate whether the action: * starts a new task, like opening the {{int:visualeditor-toolbar-savedialog}} dialog: <span style="background-color: #015ccc; color:white"> blue </span>, * takes a constructive action, like inserting a citation: <span style="background-color: #008c6d; color:white"> green </span>, * might remove or lose your work, like removing a link: <span style="background-color: #a7170f; color:white"> red </span>, or * is neutral, like opening a link in a new browser window: <span style="color: 757575"> gray </span>. The '''TemplateData editor''' has been completely re-written to use a different design based on the same OOjs UI system as VisualEditor. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67815 T67815], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73746 T73746].) This change fixed a couple of existing bugs and improved usability. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73077 T73077], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T73078 T73078].) '''Search and replace''' in long documents is now faster. It does not highlight every occurrence if there are more than 100 on-screen at once.([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T78234 T78234].) Editors at the Hebrew and Russian Wikipedia requested the ability to use VisualEditor in the "Article Incubator" or drafts namespace. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T86688 T86688], [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T87027 T87027].) If your community would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''' on your wiki, then you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. === Looking ahead === The Editing team will soon add '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. The '''[[mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[w:URL|URL]] or [[w:en: Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for ISBNs, PMIDs, and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to contribute to the Citoid service's definitions for each website, to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections. We will need editors to help test the '''new design of the special character inserter''', especially if you speak Welsh, Breton, or another language that uses diacritics or special characters extensively. The new version should be available for testing next week. Please contact [[:en:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]] if you would like to be notified when the new version is available. After the special character tool is completed, VisualEditor will be deployed to all users at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5 Wikipedias]]. This will affect about 50 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans, Azerbaijani, Breton, Kyrgyz, Macedonian, Mongolian, Tatar, and Welsh'''. The date for this change has not been determined. === Let's work together === *Share your ideas and ask questions at [[mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. *Please help [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=Special:Translate&group=page-Help%3AVisualEditor%2FUser+guide&language=&action=page&filter= complete translations of the user guide] for users who speak your language. *Join the weekly bug triage meetings beginning Wednesday, 11 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150211T12&p1=224&ah=1 12:00 (noon) PST] (20:00 UTC); information about how to join the meeting will be posted at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]] shortly before the meeting begins, and you can also contact [[mw:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James F.]] to learn more about this initiative. *Talk to the Editing team during the [[:m:IRC office hours|office hours]] via [[:en:IRC|IRC]]. The next session is on Thursday, 19 February 2015 at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?hour=19&min=00&sec=0&day=19&month=2&year=2015 19:00 UTC]. *Subscribe or unsubscribe at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you would like to help with translations of this newsletter, please subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 20:30, 5 Dibokwane 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=10839689 --> == VisualEditor News #2—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> With [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] in VisualEditor, you click the 'book with bookmark' icon and paste in the URL for a reliable source: [[File:Citoid in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's first dialog|centre|frameless|230x230px]] Citoid looks up the source for you and returns the citation results. Click the green "Insert" button to accept its results and add them to the article: [[File:Citoid results in VisualEditor Screen Shot 2015-04-02.png|alt=Screenshot of Citoid's initial results|centre|frameless|230x230px]] After inserting the citation, you can change it. Select the reference, and click the "Edit" button in the context menu to make changes. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has fixed many bugs and worked on VisualEditor's performance, the [[:mw:Citoid|Citoid]] reference service, and support for languages with complex input requirements. Status reports are posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on Mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. The weekly '''task triage meetings''' continue to be open to volunteers, each Wednesday at [http://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/fixedtime.html?iso=20150401T11&p1=224&am=30 11:00 (noon) PDT] (18:00 UTC). You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|Editing team's Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal|mw:Talk:VisualEditor/Portal]]. === Recent improvements === VisualEditor is now substantially faster. In many cases, opening the page in VisualEditor is now faster than opening it in the wikitext editor. The new system has improved the code speed by 37% and [[:mw:RESTBase|network speed]] by almost 40%. The Editing team is slowly adding '''auto-fill features''' '''for citations'''. This is currently available only at the French, Italian, and English Wikipedias. The '''[[:mw:Citoid|Citoid service]]''' takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. After creating it, you will be able to change or add information to the citation, in the same way that you edit any other pre-existing citation in VisualEditor. Support for [[:en:ISBN|ISBNs]], [[:en:PubMed#PubMed_identifier|PMIDs]], and other identifiers is planned. Later, editors will be able to improve precision and reduce the need for manual corrections by contributing to the Citoid service's definitions for each website. Citoid requires good [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your citation templates. If you would like to request this feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the TemplateData for the most important citation templates on your wiki. The '''special character inserter''' has been improved, based upon feedback from active users. After this, VisualEditor was made available to all users of Wikipedias on the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|Phase 5]] list on 30 March. This affected 53 mid-size and smaller Wikipedias, including '''Afrikaans''', '''Azerbaijani''', '''Breton''', '''Kyrgyz''', '''Macedonian''', '''Mongolian''', '''Tatar''', and''' Welsh'''. Work continues to support languages with complex requirements, such as Korean and Japanese. These languages use [[w:input method editor|input method editors]] ("IMEs”). Recent improvements to cursoring, backspace, and delete behavior will simplify typing in VisualEditor for these users. The design for the image selection process is now using a "masonry fit" model. Images in the search results are displayed at the same height but at variable widths, similar to bricks of different sizes in a masonry wall, or the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Images#Mode parameter|"packed" mode in image galleries]]. This style helps you find the right image by making it easier to see more details in images. You can now '''drag and drop categories''' to re-arrange their order of appearance ​on the page. The pop-up window that appears when you click on a reference, image, link, or other element, is called the "context menu". It now displays additional useful information, such as the destination of the link or the image's filename. The team has also added an explicit "Edit" button in the context menu, which helps new editors open the tool to change the item. '''Invisible templates are marked by a puzzle piece icon''' so they can be interacted with. Users also will be able to see and edit HTML anchors now in section headings. Users of the TemplateData GUI editor can now set a string as an optional text for the 'deprecated' property in addition to boolean value, which lets you tell users of the template what they should do instead. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90734 T90734]) === Looking ahead === The special character inserter in VisualEditor will soon use the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki will also have the option of creating a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Instructions for customizing the list will be posted [[:mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. The team is discussing a test of VisualEditor with new users at the English Wikipedia, to see whether they have met their goals of making VisualEditor suitable for those editors. The timing is unknown, but might be relatively soon. ([https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T90666 T90666]) === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * Can you translate from English into any other language? Please check [https://translatewiki.net/w/i.php?title=Special%3AMessageGroupStats&x=D&group=ext-visualeditor-ve&suppressempty=1 this list] to see whether more interface translations are needed for your language. [[m:User talk:Elitre (WMF)|Contact us]] to get an account if you want to help! * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * File requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the character formatting menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div> 21:48, 10 Moranang 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Keegan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=11742174 --> == VisualEditor News #3—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> When you click on a link to an article, you now see more information: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor-context menu-link tool.png|alt=Screenshot showing the link tool's context menu|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> The link tool has been re-designed: <br><br> [[File:VisualEditor link tool 2015.png|alt=Screenshot of the link inspector|centre|frameless|230x230px]] <br> There are separate tabs for linking to internal and external pages. [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|The user guide]] has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] has created new interfaces for the link and citation tools and fixed many bugs and changed some elements of the design. Some of these bugs affected users of VisualEditor on mobile devices. Status reports are posted [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. The worklist for April through June is available [[phab:project/sprint/board/1113/|in Phabricator]]. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|test of VisualEditor's effect on new editors]] at the English Wikipedia has just completed the first phase. During this test, half of newly registered editors had VisualEditor automatically enabled, and half did not. The main goal of the study is to learn which group was more likely to save an edit and to make productive, unreverted edits. Initial [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study#Results|results will be posted at Meta]] later this month. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features''' '''for citations''' are available at a few Wikipedias through the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]'''. Citoid takes a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] for a reliable source, and returns a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. If Citoid is enabled on your wiki, then the design of the citation workflow changed during May. All citations are now created inside a single tool. Inside that tool, choose the tab you want ({{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-auto}}, {{int: citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-manual}}, or {{int:citoid-citeFromIDDialog-mode-reuse}}). The cite button is now labeled with the word "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}}" rather than a book icon, and the autofill citation dialog now has a more meaningful label, "{{Int:Citoid-citeFromIDDialog-lookup-button}}", for the submit button. The '''link tool''' has been redesigned based on feedback from Wikipedia editors and user testing. It now has two separate sections: one for links to articles and one for external links. When you select a link, its pop-up context menu shows the name of the linked page, a thumbnail image from the linked page, Wikidata's description, and appropriate icons for disambiguation pages, redirect pages and empty pages (where applicable). Search results have been reduced to the first five pages. Several bugs were fixed, including a dark highlight that appeared over the first match in the link inspector. ([[phab:T98085|T98085]]) The '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor now uses the same special character list as the wikitext editor. Admins at each wiki can also create a custom section for frequently used characters at the top of the list. Please read the instructions for customizing the list [[mw:VisualEditor/Special_characters|at mediawiki.org]]. Also, there is now a tooltip to describing each character in the special character inserter. ([[phab:T70425|T70425]]) Several improvements have been made to '''templates'''. When you search for a template to insert, the list of results now contains descriptions of the templates. The parameter list inside the template dialog now remains open after inserting a parameter from the list, so that users don’t need to click on "{{Int:visualeditor-dialog-transclusion-add-param}}" each time they want to add another parameter. ([[phab:T95696|T95696]]) The team added a '''new property for TemplateData''', "{{int: templatedata-doc-param-example}}", for template parameters. This optional, translatable property will show up when there is text describing how to use that parameter. ([[phab:T53049|T53049]]) The '''design''' of the main toolbar and several other elements have changed slightly, to be consistent with the MediaWiki theme. In the Vector skin, individual items in the menu are separated visually by pale gray bars. Buttons and menus on the toolbar can now contain both an icon and a text label, rather than just one or the other. This new design feature is being used for the cite button on wikis where the Citoid service is enabled. The team has released a long-desired improvement to the handling of '''non-existent images'''. If a non-existent image is linked in an article, then it is now visible in VisualEditor and can be selected, edited, replaced, or removed. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [https://www.mediawiki.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Feedback&lqt_method=talkpage_new_thread mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Wednesday at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q4 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the [[phab:tag/editing_department_2014_15_q4_blockers/|VisualEditor Q4 blocker project]] with the bug. * If your Wikivoyage, Wikibooks, Wikiversity, or other community wants to have VisualEditor made available by default to contributors, then please contact [[:m:User:Jdforrester (WMF)|James Forrester]]. * If you would like to request the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki, please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. *The team is planning the second VisualEditor-related "translathon" for July. Please follow [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T91108 this task on Phabricator] for details and updates! Announcements will follow in due course. Subscribe, unsubscribe or change the page where this newsletter is delivered at [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Meta]]. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! — <span class="mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr">[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]]</span> </div>12:44, 13 Phupu 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at http://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12206605 --> == VisualEditor News #4—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/August|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can add quotations marks before and after a title or phrase with a single click. Select the relevant text. Find the correct quotations marks in the special character inserter tool (marked as Ω in the toolbar).<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 2.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool, selected text, and the special character that will be inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> Click the button. VisualEditor will add the quotation marks on either side of the text you selected.<br><br> [[File:VisualEditor Special character inserter quotation 3.png|alt=Screenshot showing the special character tool and the same text after the special character has been inserted|centre|frameless|230px]] <br> You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use VisualEditor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|Editing Team]] have been working on mobile phone support. They have fixed many bugs and improved language support. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving language support and functionality on mobile devices. === Wikimania === The team attended Wikimania 2015 in Mexico City. There they participated in the Hackathon and met with individuals and groups of users. They also made several presentations about [[c:File:How_we_made_VisualEditor_faster.pdf|VisualEditor]] and the [[:c:File:Wikimania_2015_–_Editing_Department_–_Beyond_Editing.pdf|future of editing]]. Following Wikimania, we announced winners for the [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon VisualEditor 2015 Translathon]. Our thanks and congratulations to users ''Halan-tul'', ''Renessaince'', ''<span lang="ne" dir="ltr">जनक राज भट्ट</span> (Janak Bhatta)'', ''Vahe Gharakhanyan'', ''Warrakkk'', and ''Eduardogobi''. For '''interface messages''' (translated at [https://translatewiki.net translatewiki.net]), we saw the initiative affecting 42 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 56.5% before the translathon, and 78.2% after ('''+21.7%'''). In particular, Sakha improved from 12.2% to 94.2%; Brazilian Portuguese went from 50.6% to 100%; Taraškievica went from 44.9% to 85.3%; Doteli went from 1.3% to 41.2%. Also, while 1.7% of the messages were outdated across all languages before the translathon, the percentage dropped to 0.8% afterwards (-0.9%). For '''documentation messages''' (on mediawiki.org), we saw the initiative affecting 24 languages. The average progress in translations across all languages was 26.6% before translathon, and 46.9% after ('''+20.3%'''). There were particularly notable achievements for three languages. Armenian improved from 1% to 99%; Swedish, from 21% to 99%, and Brazilian Portuguese, from 34% to 83%. Outdated translations across all languages were reduced from 8.4% before translathon to 4.8% afterwards (-3.6%). [https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Project:VisualEditor/2015_Translathon#Graphs_(interface_messages_only) We published some graphs] showing the effect of the event on the Translathon page. We thank the translators for participating and the translatewiki.net staff for facilitating this initiative. === Recent improvements === '''Auto-fill features for citations''' can be enabled on each Wikipedia. The tool uses the '''[[:mw:Citoid|citoid service]]''' to convert a [[:en:URL|URL]] or [[:en:Digital object identifier|DOI]] into a pre-filled, pre-formatted bibliographic citation. You can see an animated GIF of the quick, [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/GIFs#Auto-citing_a_source|simple process at mediawiki.org]]. So far, about a dozen Wikipedias have enabled the auto-citation tool. To enable it for your wiki, follow the [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|instructions at mediawiki.org]]. Your wiki can customize the first section of the '''special character inserter''' in VisualEditor. Please follow the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Special_characters|instructions at mediawiki.org]] to put the characters you want at the top. In other changes, if you need to fill in a [[:mw:CAPTCHA|CAPTCHA]] and get it wrong, then you can click to get a new one to complete. VisualEditor can now display and edit [[mediawikiwiki:Extension:Graph|Vega-based graphs]]. If you use the Monobook skin, VisualEditor's appearance is now more consistent with other software. === Future changes === The team will be changing the '''appearance of selected links''' inside VisualEditor. The purpose is to make it easy to see whether your cursor is inside or outside the link. When you select a link, the link label (the words shown on the page) will be enclosed in a faint box. If you place your cursor inside the box, then your changes to the link label will be part of the link. If you place your cursor outside the box, then it will not. This will make it easy to know when new characters will be added to the link and when they will not. On the English Wikipedia, 10% of newly created accounts are now offered both the visual and the wikitext editors. A [[m:Research:VisualEditor's_effect_on_newly_registered_editors/May_2015_study|recent controlled trial]] showed no significant difference in survival or productivity for new users in the short term. New users with access to VisualEditor were very slightly less likely to produce results that needed reverting. You can learn more about this by watching a video of the [[mediawikiwiki:Wikimedia_Research/Showcase#July_2015|July 2015 Wikimedia Research Showcase]]. The proportion of new accounts with access to both editing environments will be gradually increased over time. Eventually all new users have the choice between the two editing environments. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page is now using [[mw:Flow|Flow]] instead of LiquidThreads. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|mediawiki.org]] if you can help. * If your wiki would like '''VisualEditor enabled on another namespace''', you can file a request in Phabricator. Please include a link to a community discussion about the requested change. * Please file requests for language-appropriate "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-bold-tooltip}}" and "{{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-italic-tooltip}}" icons for the styling menu [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/create/?projects=PHID-PROJ-dafezmpv6huxg3taml24 in Phabricator]. * The design research team wants to see how real editors work. Please [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for their research program]. * The weekly task triage meetings continue to be open to volunteers, usually on Tuesdays at 12:00 (noon) PDT (19:00 UTC). Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration as a Q1 blocker, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div> —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 00:28, 15 Phato 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=12980645 --> == VisualEditor News #5—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=VisualEditor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> You can use the visual editor on smartphones and tablets.<br><br>[[File:Switching edit modes to VisualEditor on Mobile web.png|alt=Screenshot showing the menu for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> Click the pencil icon to open the editor for a page. Inside that, use the gear menu in the upper right corner to "{{int:mobile-frontend-editor-switch-visual-editor}}". The editing button will remember which editing environment you used last time, and give you the same one next time. The desktop site will be switching to a system similar to this one in the coming months. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs, added new features, and made some small design changes. They post weekly status reports [[mw:VisualEditor/changelog|on mediawiki.org]]. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages like Japanese and Arabic, making it easier to edit on mobile devices, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === '''Educational features:''' The first time ever you use the visual editor, it now draws your attention to the {{Int:visualeditor-annotationbutton-link-tooltip}} and {{Int:visualeditor-toolbar-cite-label}} tools. When you click on the tools, it explains why you should use them. ([[Phab:T108620|T108620]]) Alongside this, the welcome message for new users has been simplified to make editing more welcoming. ([[Phab:T112354|T112354]]) More in-software educational features are planned. '''Links:''' It is now easier to understand when you are adding text to a link and when you are typing plain text next to it. ([[Phab:T74108|T74108]], [[Phab:T91285|T91285]]) The editor now fully supports ISBN, PMID or RFC numbers. ([[Phab:T109498|T109498]], [[Phab:T110347|T110347]], [[Phab:T63558|T63558]]) These [[:en:Help:Magic_links|"magic links"]] use a custom link editing tool. '''Uploads:''' Registered editors can now '''upload images''' and other media to Commons while editing. Click the new tab in the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}} {{int:visualeditor-dialogbutton-media-tooltip}}" tool. You will be guided through the process without having to leave your edit. At the end, the image will be inserted. This tool is limited to one file at a time, owned by the user, and licensed under Commons's standard license. For more complex situations, the tool links to more advanced upload tools. You can also drag the image into the editor. This will be available in the wikitext editor later. '''Mobile:''' Previously, the visual editor was available on the mobile Wikipedia site only on tablets. Now, editors can use it on all devices regardless of size if they wish. ([[Phab:T85630|T85630]]) Edit conflicts were previously broken on the mobile website. Edit conflicts can now be resolved in both wikitext and visual editors. ([[Phab:T111894|T111894]]) Sometimes templates and similar items could not be deleted on the mobile website. Selecting them caused the on-screen keyboard to hide with some browsers. Now there is a new "{{int:Visualeditor-contextitemwidget-label-remove}}" button, so that these things can be removed if the keyboard hides. ([[Phab:T62110|T62110]]) You can also edit table cells in mobile now. '''Rich editing tools:''' You can now add and edit '''sheet''' '''music''' in the visual editor. ([[Phab:T112925|T112925]]) There are separate tabs for advanced options, such as MIDI and Ogg audio files. ([[Phab:T114227|T114227]], [[Phab:T113354|T113354]]) When editing '''formulæ''' and other blocks, errors are shown as you edit. It is also possible to edit some types of '''graphs'''; adding new ones, and support for new types, will be coming. On the '''English Wikipedia''', the visual editor is now automatically available to anyone who creates an account. The preference switch was moved to the normal location, under [[Special:Preferences]]. === Future changes === You will soon be able to '''switch from the wikitext to the visual editor''' after you start editing. ([[phab:T49779|T49779]]) Previously, you could only switch from the visual editor to the wikitext editor. Bi-directional switching will make possible a '''single edit tab.''' ([[phab:T102398|T102398]]) This project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, similar to the system already used on the mobile website. The "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. === Let's work together === * Share your ideas and ask questions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback|VisualEditor/Feedback]]. This feedback page uses [[mw:Flow|Flow]] for discussions. * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). * Local admins can [[mediawikiwiki:Citoid/Enabling_Citoid_on_your_wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]. If you need help, then please post a request in the [[phab:tag/citoid/|Citoid project on Phabricator]]. Include links to the [[:mw:Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for the most important citation templates on your wiki. * The weekly task triage meetings are open to volunteers. Learn how to join the meetings and how to nominate bugs at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. You do not need to attend the meeting to nominate a bug for consideration, though. Instead, go to Phabricator and "associate" the main [[phab:project/profile/483/|VisualEditor project]] with the bug. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. Thank you! </div>—[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 20:17, 30 Diphalane 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=14334116 --> == VisualEditor News #6—2015 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> A new, simpler system for editing will offer a single Edit button. Once the page has opened, you can switch back and forth between visual and wikitext editing. [[File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up dialog for switching from the wikitext editor to the visual editor|centre|frameless|230x230px]]<br> If you prefer having separate edit buttons, then you can set that option in your preferences, either in a pop-up dialog the next time you open the visual editor, or by going to [[Special:Preferences]] and choosing the setting that you want: <br><br>[[File:VisualEditor single edit tab in preferences 2015-12-18.png|alt=Screenshot showing a drop-down menu in Special:Preferences|centre|frameless|230x230px]] The current plan is for the default setting to have the Edit button open the editing environment you used most recently. <br><br>You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2015/December|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:VisualEditor|visual editor team]] has fixed many bugs and expanded the mathematics formula tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for languages such as Japanese and Arabic, and providing rich-media tools for formulæ, charts, galleries and uploading. === Recent improvements === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. The '''LaTeX mathematics formula editor''' has been significantly expanded. ([[phab:T118616|T118616)]] You can see the formula as you change the LaTeX code. You can click buttons to insert the correct LaTeX code for many symbols. === Future changes === The '''single edit tab''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab, like the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]], [[phab:T58337|T58337]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as a cookie for logged-out users and as an account preference for logged-in editors. Logged-in editors will be able to set a default editor in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]] in the drop-down menu about "{{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs}}". The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the following Wikipedias in early 2016: [[w:am:|Amharic]], [[w:bug:|Buginese]], [[w:cdo:|Min Dong]], [[w:cr:|Cree]], [[w:gv:|Manx]], [[w:hak:|Hakka]], [[w:hy:|Armenian]], [[w:ka:|Georgian]], [[w:pnt:|Pontic]], [[w:sh:|Serbo-Croatian]], [[w:ti:|Tigrinya]], [[w:xmf:|Mingrelian]], [[w:za:|Zhuang]], and [[w:zh-min-nan:|Min Nan]]. ([[phab:T116523|T116523]]) Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. The developers would like to know how well it works. Please tell them what kind of computer, web browser, and keyboard you are using. In 2016, the '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor on many Wikipedias will be redirected to mediawiki.org. ([[phab:T92661|T92661]]) === Testing opportunities === * Please try the new system for the '''single edit tab''' on [https://test2.wikipedia.org test2.wikipedia.org]. You can edit while logged out to see how it works for logged-out editors, or you can create a separate account to be able to set your account's preferences. <mark>Please share your thoughts about the single edit tab system at [[mediawikiwiki:Topic:Suspcq0bf5nd3gsd|the feedback topic on mediawiki.org]] or [https://jfe.qualtrics.com/form/SV_6R04ammTX8uoJFP sign up for formal user research]</mark> (type "single edit tab" in the question about other areas you're interested in). The new system has not been finalized, and your feedback can affect the outcome. The team particularly wants your thoughts about the options in Special:Preferences. The current choices in Special:Preferences are: ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and ** {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the current state for people already using the visual editor. None of these options will be visible if you have disabled the visual editor in your preferences at that wiki.) * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean or Japanese?</mark> Language engineer [[mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs people who know which tools people use to type in some languages. If you speak Japanese or Korean, you can help him test support for these languages. Please see the instructions at [[mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test|What to test]] if you can help, and report it on Phabricator ([[phab:T110654|Korean]] - [[phab:T109818|Japanese]]) or on Wikipedia ([[:ko:위키백과:시각편집기/IME|Korean]] - [[:ja:Wikipedia:ビジュアルエディター/フィードバック/IME|Japanese]]). If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 02:06, 25 Manthole 2015 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15165847 --> == VisualEditor News #1—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/February|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="margin:0.5em;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}border:1px solid #AAA;padding:0.5em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200x70px|center|alt=The visual editor]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Among experienced editors, the visual editor's table editing is one of the most popular features. [[File:VisualEditor table menu move column.png|alt=Screenshot showing a pop-up menu for column operations in a table|centre|frameless|230x230px]] If you select the top of a column or the end of a row, you can quickly insert and remove columns and rows. Now, you can also rearrange columns and rows. Click "Move before" or "Move after" to swap the column or row with its neighbor. You can read and help translate [[:mw:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor/Portal|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for Japanese, Korean, Arabic, Indic, and Han scripts, and improving the single edit tab interface. === Recent changes === You can '''switch from the wikitext editor to the visual editor''' after you start editing. This function is available to nearly all editors at most wikis except the Wiktionaries and Wikisources. Many local '''feedback pages''' for the visual editor have been redirected to [[:mw:VisualEditor/Feedback]]. You can now re-arrange columns and rows in '''tables''', as well as copying a row, column or any other selection of cells and pasting it in a new location. The '''formula editor''' has two options: you can choose "Quick edit" to see and change only the LaTeX code, or "Edit" to use the full tool. The full tool offers immediate preview and an extensive list of symbols. === Future changes === The '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' project will combine the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab. This is similar to the system already used on the mobile website. ([[phab:T102398|T102398]]) Initially, the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab will open whichever editing environment you used last time. Your last editing choice will be stored as an account preference for logged-in editors, and as a cookie for logged-out users. Logged-in editors will have these options in the {{int:prefs-editing}} tab of [[Special:Preferences]]: * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-remember-last}}, * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-ve}}, * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-prefer-wt}}, and * {{int:visualeditor-preference-tabs-multi-tab}}. (This is the state for people using the visual editor now.) The visual editor uses the same search engine as [[Special:Search]] to find links and files. This search will get better at detecting typos and spelling mistakes soon. These improvements to search will appear in the visual editor as well. The visual editor will be offered to all editors at most [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next few months. This will affect the following languages, amongst others: [[:w:ja: |'''Japanese''']], [[:w:ko:|'''Korean''']], [[:w:ur: |'''Urdu''']], [[:w:fa: |'''Persian''']], [[:w:ar: |'''Arabic''']], [[:w:ta: |'''Tamil''']], [[:w:mr: |'''Marathi''']], [[:w:ml: |'''Malayalam''']], [[:w:hi: |'''Hindi''']], [[:w:bn: |'''Bengali''']], [[:w:as: |'''Assamese''']], [[:w:th: |'''Thai''']], [[:w:arc: |'''Aramaic''']]. === Let's work together === * Please try out the newest version of the '''[[:mw:VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' on [[test2wiki:Special:Random|test2.wikipedia.org]]. You may need to restore the default preferences (at the bottom of [[test2wiki:Special:Preferences]]) to see the initial prompt for options. Were you able to find a preference setting that will work for your own editing? Did you see [[:c:File:VisualEditor single edit tab preference dialog.png|the large preferences dialog box]] when you started editing an article there? * <mark>Can you read and type in Korean, Arabic, Japanese, Indic, or Han scripts?</mark> Does typing in these languages feels natural in the visual editor? Language engineer [[:mw:User:DChan (WMF)|David Chan]] needs to know. Please see the instructions at [[:mw:VisualEditor/IME Testing#What to test]] if you can help. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. * Learn how to improve the "automagical" [[:mw:citoid|citoid]] referencing system in the visual editor, by creating [[:en:Zotero|Zotero]] translators for popular sources in your language! Join the [https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2016-February/084840.html Tech Talk about "Automated citations in Wikipedia: Citoid and the technology behind it"] with Sebastian Karcher on 29 February 2016. If you aren't reading this in your favorite language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]], 22:22, 26 Dibokwane 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15385167 --> == Editing News #2—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/June|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> It's quick and easy to insert a references list. [[File:VisualEditor References List Insert Menu-en.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with many items|center|frameless|150px]] Place the cursor where you want to display the references list (usually at the bottom of the page). Open the "{{int:visualeditor-toolbar-insert}}" menu and click the "{{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}" icon (three books). If you are using several groups of references, which is relatively rare, you will have the opportunity to specify the group. If you do that, then only the references that belong to the specified group will be displayed in this list of references. Finally, click "{{int:visualeditor-dialog-action-insert}}" in the dialog to insert the {{int:cite-ve-dialogbutton-referenceslist-tooltip}}. This list will change as you add more footnotes to the page. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has fixed many bugs. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are improving support for Arabic and Indic scripts, and adapting the visual editor to the needs of the Wikivoyages and Wikisources. === Recent changes === The visual editor is now available to all users at most [[Wikivoyage:|Wikivoyages]]. It was also enabled for all contributors at the French Wikinews. The '''[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Single edit tab|single edit tab]]''' feature combines the "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" and "{{int:visualeditor-ca-editsource}}" tabs into a single "{{int:vector-view-edit}}" tab. It has been deployed to several Wikipedias, including Hungarian, Polish, English and Japanese Wikipedias, as well as to all Wikivoyages. At these wikis, you can change your settings for this feature in the "{{int:prefs-editing}}" tab of [[Special:Preferences]]. The team is now reviewing the feedback and considering ways to improve the design before rolling it out to more people. === Future changes === The "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[M:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next few months. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including: [[:w:ar: |'''Arabic''']], [[:w:hi: |'''Hindi''']], [[:w:th: |'''Thai''']], [[:w:ta: |'''Tamil''']], [[:w:mr: |'''Marathi''']], [[:w:ml: |'''Malayalam''']], [[:w:ur: |'''Urdu''']], [[:w:fa: |'''Persian''']], [[:w:bn: |'''Bengali''']], [[:w:as: |'''Assamese''']], [[:w:arc: |'''Aramaic''']] and others. The team is working with the volunteer developers who power Wikisource to provide the visual editor there, for opt-in testing right now and eventually for all users. ([[phab:T138966|T138966]]) The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. It will look like the visual editor, and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices around September 2016. You can read about this project in a [[mediawikiwiki:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> * Learn how to improve the "automagical" [[:mw:citoid|citoid]] referencing system in the visual editor, by creating [[w:en:Zotero|Zotero]] translators for popular sources in your language! Watch the [[Mw:Citoid/Zotero's Tech Talk|Tech Talk by Sebastian Karcher]] for more information. If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} </div> [[:m:User:Elitre (WMF)]], 19:20, 3 Mosegamanye 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15741003 --> == Editing News #3—2016 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2016/October|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can easily re-arrange columns and rows in the visual editor? [[File:VisualEditor table editing menu.png|alt=Screenshot showing a dropdown menu with options for editing the table structure|center|frameless|232x232px]] Select a cell in the column or row that you want to move. Click the arrow at the start of that row or column to open the dropdown menu (shown). Choose either "Move before" or "Move after" to move the column, or "Move above" or "Move below" to move the row. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has mainly worked on a new wikitext editor. They have also released some small features and the new map editing tool. Their workboard is available [[phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the list of work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, releasing the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[mediawikiwiki:Beta_Features|beta feature]], and improving language support. === Recent changes === *You can now set text as small or big.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T53613] *Invisible templates have been shown as a puzzle icon. Now, the name of the invisible template is displayed next to the puzzle icon.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T141861] A similar feature will display the first part of hidden HTML comments.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T147089] *Categories are displayed at the bottom of each page. If you click on the categories, the dialog for editing categories will open.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T145267] *At many wikis, you can now add [[mediawikiwiki:Maps|maps]] to pages. Go to the Insert menu and choose the "Maps" item. The Discovery department is adding more features to this area, like geoshapes. You can read more at mediawiki.org.[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikimedia_Discovery#Maps] *The "Save" button now says "Save page" when you create a page, and "Save changes" when you change an existing page.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T139033] In the future, the "{{int:Savearticle}}" button will say "{{int:Publishpage}}". This will affect both the visual and wikitext editing systems. More [[:m:Editing/Publish|information is available on Meta]]. *Image galleries now use a visual mode for editing. You can see thumbnails of the images, add new files, remove unwanted images, rearrange the images by dragging and dropping, and add captions for each image. Use the "Options" tab to set the gallery's display mode, image sizes, and add a title for the gallery.[https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T45037] === Future changes === The visual editor will be offered to all editors at the remaining 10 [[:mw:VisualEditor/Rollouts|"Phase 6" Wikipedias]] during the next month. The developers want to know whether typing in your language feels natural in the visual editor. Please post your comments and the language(s) that you tested at [[:mw:Topic:St8y4ni42d0vr9cv|the feedback thread on mediawiki.org]]. This will affect several languages, including [[:w:th:|'''Thai''']], [[:w:my:|'''Burmese''']] and [[:w:arc:|'''Aramaic''']]. The team is working on a modern wikitext editor. The [[Mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] will look like the visual editor and be able to use the citoid service and other modern tools. This new editing system may become available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices in October 2016. You can read about this project in a [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Roadmap/Update_2016-06-23|general status update on the Wikimedia mailing list]]. === Let's work together === * Do you teach new editors how to use the visual editor? Did you help [[:mw:Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|set up the Citoid automatic reference feature for your wiki]]? Have you written or imported [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:TemplateData|TemplateData]] for your most important citation templates? <mark>Would you be willing to help new editors and small communities with the visual editor? Please sign up for the new [[:mw:Help:VisualEditor/Community Taskforce|'''VisualEditor Community Taskforce''']].</mark> *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 19:49, 15 Diphalane 2016 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=15960088 --> == Editing News #1—2017 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|Read this in another language]] • [[:m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:230px;{{#switch:ltr|rtl=float:left;margin-left:0;|#default=float:right;margin-right:0;}}margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center|alt=VisualEditor]]'''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can review your changes visually? [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - visual diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|245x245px]]When you are finished editing the page, type your edit summary and then choose "{{Int:visualeditor-savedialog-label-review}}". In visual mode, you will see additions, removals, new links, and formatting highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected.|center|frameless|220x220px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - wikitext diff.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display.|center|frameless|245x245px]] The wikitext diff is the same diff tool that is used in the wikitext editors and in the page history. You can read and help translate [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[:mw:VisualEditor|VisualEditor Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[:mediawikiwiki:2017_wikitext_editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]] which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and adding [[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|the new visual diff tool]]. Their workboard is available [[:phab:project/board/483/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[:mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings|mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[:mw:VisualEditor/Current_priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor as a [[:mw:Beta Features|beta feature]], and improving the visual diff tool. === Recent changes === *A '''new wikitext editing mode''' is available as a Beta Feature on desktop devices. The [[:mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. Go to [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures]] to enable the {{Int:Visualeditor-preference-newwikitexteditor-label}}. * A new '''[[:mediawikiwiki:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' is available in VisualEditor's visual mode. You can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. More features will be added to this later. In the future, this tool may be integrated into other MediaWiki components. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T143350] * The team have added [[:mediawikiwiki:Editing/Projects/Columns_for_references|multi-column support for lists of footnotes]]. The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can automatically display long lists of references in columns on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] * You can now use your web browser's function to switch typing direction in the new wikitext mode. This is particularly helpful for RTL language users like Urdu or Hebrew who have to write JavaScript or CSS. You can use Command+Shift+X or Control+Shift+X to trigger this. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153356] * The way to switch between the visual editing mode and the wikitext editing mode is now consistent. There is a drop-down menu that shows the two options. This is now the same in desktop and mobile web editing, and inside things that embed editing, such as Flow. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T116417] * The {{Int:visualeditor-categories-tool}} item has been moved to the top of the {{Int:visualeditor-pagemenu-tooltip}} menu (from clicking on the "hamburger" icon) for quicker access. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T74399] There is also now a "Templates used on this page" feature there. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T149009] * You can now create <code><nowiki><chem></nowiki></code> tags (sometimes used as <code><nowiki><ce></nowiki></code>) for chemical formulas inside the visual editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T153365] * Tables can be set as collapsed or un-collapsed. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T157989] * The {{Int:visualeditor-specialcharacter-button-tooltip}} menu now includes characters for Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics and angle quotation marks (‹› and ⟨⟩) . The team thanks the volunteer developer, [[:S:en:User:Tpt|Tpt]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T108626] * A bug caused some section edit conflicts to blank the rest of the page. This has been fixed. The team are sorry for the disruption. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T154217] * There is a new keyboard shortcut for citations: <code>Control</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a PC, or <code>Command</code>+<code>Shift</code>+<code>K</code> on a Mac. It is based on the keyboard shortcut for making links, which is <code>Control</code>+<code>K</code> or <code>Command</code>+<code>K</code> respectively. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T99299] === Future changes === * The team is working on a syntax highlighting tool. It will highlight matching pairs of <code><nowiki><ref></nowiki></code> tags and other types of wikitext syntax. You will be able to turn it on and off. It will first become available in VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode, maybe late in 2017. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] * The kind of button used to {{Int:Showpreview}}, {{Int:showdiff}}, and finish an edit will change in all WMF-supported wikitext editors. The new buttons will use [[Mw:OOjs UI|OOjs UI]]. The buttons will be larger, brighter, and easier to read. The labels will remain the same. You can test the new button by editing a page and adding <code>&ooui=1</code> to the end of the URL, like this: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Project:Sandbox?action=edit&ooui=1 The old appearance will no longer be possible, even with local CSS changes. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T162849] * The [[:mediawikiwiki:File:Edit_toolbar_-_2.png|outdated 2006 wikitext editor]] will be removed later this year. It is used by approximately 0.03% of active editors. See [[:mw:Editor|a list of editing tools on mediawiki.org]] if you are uncertain which one you use. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T30856] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly, so that we can notify you when the next issue is ready. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[:mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 20:05, 12 Mopitlo 2017 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=16160401 --> == Editing News #1—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?'''<div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can now use the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]] on any page? [[File:Wikitext diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing some changes, in the two-column wikitext diff display|center|frameless|250px]] Sometimes, it is hard to see important changes in a wikitext diff. This screenshot of a wikitext diff (click to enlarge) shows that the paragraphs have been rearranged, but it does not highlight the removal of a word or the addition of a new sentence. If you [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the Beta Feature]] for "{{Int:visualeditor-preference-visualdiffpage-label}}", you will have a new option. It will give you a new box at the top of every diff page. This box will let you choose either diff system on any edit. [[File:VisualEditor visual diff tool - toggle button.png|alt=Toggle button showing visual and wikitext options; visual option is selected|center|frameless|200px]] Click the toggle button to switch between visual and wikitext diffs. In the visual diff, additions, removals, new links, and formatting changes will be highlighted. Other changes, such as changing the size of an image, are described in notes on the side. [[File:Visual diff paragraph move correcting vandalism 2018.png|alt=Screenshot showing the same changes to an article. Most changes are highlighted with text formatting.|center|frameless|250px]] This screenshot shows the same edit as the wikitext diff. The visual diff highlights the removal of one word and the addition of a new sentence. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor. </div></div> Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2017/May|the last newsletter]], the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has spent most of their time supporting [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor mode]], which is available inside the visual editor as a Beta Feature, and improving [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. You can find links to the work finished each week at [[mw:VisualEditor/Weekly triage meetings]]. Their [[mw:Editing team/Current priorities|current priorities]] are fixing bugs, supporting the 2017 wikitext editor, and improving the visual diff tool. ===Recent changes=== *The '''[[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]]''' is [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|available as a Beta Feature]] on desktop devices. It has the same toolbar as the visual editor and can use the citoid service and other modern tools. The team have been comparing the performance of different editing environments. They have studied how long it takes to open the page and start typing. The study uses data for more than one million edits during December and January. Some changes have been made to improve the speed of the 2017 wikitext editor and the visual editor. Recently, the 2017 wikitext editor opened fastest for most edits, and the 2010 WikiEditor was fastest for some edits. More information will be posted at [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Editing performance]]. *The '''[[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|visual diff tool]]''' was developed for the visual editor. It is now available to all users of the visual editor and the 2017 wikitext editor. When you review your changes, you can toggle between wikitext and visual diffs. You can also [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable the new Beta Feature]] for "Visual diffs". The Beta Feature lets you use the visual diff tool to view other people's edits on page histories and [[Special:RecentChanges]]. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T167508] *[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:CodeMirror|'''Wikitext syntax highlighting''']] is available as a Beta Feature for both [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|the 2017 wikitext editor]] and the 2010 wikitext editor. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T101246] *The [[mw:Citoid|citoid service]] automatically translates URLs, DOIs, ISBNs, and PubMed id numbers into wikitext citation templates. It is very popular and useful to editors, although it can be a bit tricky to set up. <mark>Your wiki can have this service. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Citoid/Enabling Citoid on your wiki|read the instructions]]. You can [[phab:T127354|ask the team to help you enable citoid at your wiki]]</mark>. ===Let's work together=== *The team will talk about editing tools at an upcoming [[m:Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meetings|Wikimedia Foundation metrics and activities meeting]]. *Wikibooks, Wikiversity, and other communities may have the visual editor made available by default to contributors. If your community wants this, then please contact [[mw:User talk:Deskana (WMF)|Dan Garry]]. *The <code><nowiki><references /></nowiki></code> block can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Contributors/Projects/Columns for references|automatically display long lists of references in columns]] on wide screens. This makes footnotes easier to read. You can [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/maniphest/task/edit/form/1/?projects=Cite,VisualEditor,Wikimedia-Site-requests&title=Convert%20reference%20lists%20over%20to%20`responsive`%20on%20XXwiki&priority=10&parent=159895 '''request multi-column support'''] for your wiki. [https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T33597] *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{Int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Elitre (WMF)|Elitre (WMF)]] </div> 22:56, 2 Hlakola 2018 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == Editing News #2—2018 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] '''Did you know?''' <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? [[File:Mobile editing watchlist star editing pencil.png|alt=Screenshot showing the location of the pencil icon|center|frameless|250px]] Tap on the pencil icon to start editing. The page will probably open in the wikitext editor. You will see another pencil icon in the toolbar. Tap on that pencil icon to the switch between visual editing and wikitext editing. [[File:Visual editing mobile switch wikitext.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] Remember to publish your changes when you're done. You can read and help translate [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:VisualEditor/User guide|the user guide]], which has more information about how to use the visual editor.</div></div> Since the last newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing Team]] has wrapped up most of their work on the [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] and [[mw:VisualEditor/Diffs|the visual diff tool]]. The team has begun investigating the needs of editors who use mobile devices. Their work board is available [[phab:project/view/3236/|in Phabricator]]. Their [[mw:Wikimedia Audiences/2018-19 Q2 Goals#Contributors|current priorities]] are fixing bugs and improving mobile editing. === Recent changes === *The Editing team has published an [[mw:Mobile editing using the visual editor report|initial report about mobile editing]]. *The Editing team has begun a design study of visual editing on the mobile website. New editors have trouble doing basic tasks on a smartphone, such as adding links to Wikipedia articles. You can [[c:File:Visual Editor Heuristic - Results.pdf|read the report]]. *The Reading team is working on a [[mw:Reading/Web/Advanced mobile contributions|separate mobile-based contributions project]]. *The 2006 wikitext editor is [[mw:Contributors/Projects/Removal of the 2006 wikitext editor|no longer supported]]. If you used [[:File:Edit toolbar - 2.png|that toolbar]], then you will no longer see any toolbar. You may choose another editing tool in your [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing|editing preferences]], [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-gadgets|local gadgets]], or [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|beta features]]. *The Editing team described the history and status of [[mw:Extension:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] in [[m:Wikimedia monthly activities meetings/2018-03|this recorded public presentation]] (starting at 29 minutes, 30 seconds). *The Language team released [[mw:Content translation/V2|a new version of Content Translation]] (CX2) last month, on [[foundationsite:2018/09/30/international-translation-day/|International Translation Day]]. It integrates the visual editor to support templates, tables, and images. It also produces better wikitext when the translated article is published. [https://wikimediafoundation.org/2018/09/30/content-translation-version-two/] === Let's work together === * The Editing team wants to improve visual editing on the mobile website. <mark>Please read [[mw:Visual-based mobile editing/Ideas/October 2018|their ideas]] and tell the team what you think would help editors who use the mobile site.</mark> *The [[m:Community Wishlist Survey 2019|Community Wishlist Survey]] begins next week. *If you aren't reading this in your preferred language, then please help us with translations! Subscribe to the [[mail:translators-l|Translators mailing list]] or [https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Elitre_(WMF)&action=edit&section=new contact us] directly. We will notify you when the next issue is ready for translation. {{int:Feedback-thanks-title}} —[[mw:User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 16:17, 2 Dibatsela 2018 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=17790200 --> == Editing News #1—July 2019 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> ''[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]'' <div style="float:right;width:270px;margin-left:1em;border-style:solid;border-width:1px;padding:1em;"> [[File:VisualEditor-logo.svg|200px|center]] <big>'''Did you know?'''</big> <div class="thumbcaption" style="font-size: 90%;"> Did you know that you can use the visual editor on a mobile device? Every article has a pencil icon at the top. Tap on the pencil icon [[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr.svg|frameless|16x16px]] to start editing. '''<big>Edit Cards</big>''' [[File:EditCards-v.20.png|alt=Toolbar with menu opened|center|frameless|250px]] This is what the new '''Edit Cards for editing links''' in the mobile visual editor look like. You can try the prototype here: '''[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].''' </div></div> Welcome back to the [[mw:Editing|Editing]] newsletter. Since [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2018/October|the last newsletter]], the team has released two new features for the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|mobile visual editor]] and has started developing three more. All of this work is part of the team's goal to [[m:Wikimedia Foundation Annual Plan/2018-2019/Audiences#Outcome 3: Mobile Contribution|make editing on mobile web simpler]]. Before talking about the team's recent releases, we have a question for you: <strong>Are you willing to try a new way to add and change links?</strong> If you are interested, we would value your input! You can try this new link tool in the mobile visual editor on a separate wiki. <em>Follow these instructions and share your experience:</em> <strong>[[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 Try Edit Cards]].</strong> === Recent releases === The mobile visual editor is a simpler editing tool, for smartphones and tablets using the [[mw:Reading/Web/Mobile#About|mobile site]]. The Editing team recently launched two new features to improve the mobile visual editor: # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing|Section editing]] #* The purpose is to help contributors focus on their edits. #* The team studied this with an A/B test. [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Section editing#16 June 2019|This test showed]] that contributors who could use section editing were '''1% more likely to publish''' the edits they started than people with only full-page editing. # [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#March 1, 2019|Loading overlay]] #* The purpose is to smooth the transition between reading and editing. Section editing and the new loading overlay are '''now available to everyone''' using the mobile visual editor. === New and active projects === This is a list of our most active projects. [[mw:Help:Watching pages|Watch]] these pages to learn about project updates and to share your input on new designs, prototypes and research findings. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit cards]]: This is a clearer way to add and edit links, citations, images, templates, etc. in articles. You can try this feature now. <em>Go here to see how:</em> [[mw:Topic:V394zwrigth8ii7c|📲 <em>Try Edit Cards</em>]]. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Mobile toolbar refresh]]: This project will learn if contributors are more successful when the editing tools are easier to recognize. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|Mobile visual editor availability]]: This A/B test asks: ''Are newer contributors more successful if they use the mobile visual editor?'' We are collaborating with [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default#26 June 2019 %E2%80%93 Participating wikis and test start date|20 Wikipedias]] to answer this question. *[[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Usability improvements|Usability improvements]]: This project will make the mobile visual editor easier to use. The goal is to let contributors stay focused on editing and to feel more confident in the editing tools. === Looking ahead === * '''Wikimania:''' Several members of the Editing Team will be attending [[wmania:|Wikimania]] in August 2019. They will lead a session about mobile editing in the [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|Community Growth space]]. Talk to the team about how editing can be improved. * '''Talk Pages:''' In the coming months, the Editing Team will begin [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|improving talk pages]] and communication on the wikis. === Learning more === The [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|VisualEditor on mobile]] is a good place to learn more about the projects we are working on. The team wants to talk with you about anything related to editing. If you have something to say or ask, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:user_talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 20:32, 23 Mosegamanye 2019 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=19175117 --> == Editing News #2 – Mobile editing and talk pages == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2019/October|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> Inside this newsletter, the [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] talks about their work on the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]], on [[mw:Talk pages project|the new talk pages project]], and at [[wikimania:|Wikimania 2019]]. === Help === <strong>What talk page interactions do you remember?</strong> Is it a story about how someone helped you to learn something new? Is it a story about how someone helped you get involved in a group? Something else? Whatever your story is, we want to hear it! Please tell us a story about how you used a talk page. <mark>Please share a link to a memorable discussion, or describe it on the <strong>[[mw:Topic:V8d91yh8gcg404dj|talk page for this project]]</strong>.</mark> The team wants your examples. These examples will help everyone develop a shared understanding of what this project should support and encourage. === Talk pages project === The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk Pages Consultation]] was a global consultation to define better tools for wiki communication. From February through June 2019, more than 500 volunteers on 20 wikis, across 15 languages and multiple projects, came together with members of the Foundation to create a product direction for a set of discussion tools. The [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019/Phase 2 report|Phase 2 Report]] of the Talk Page Consultation was published in August. It summarizes the product direction the team has started to work on, which you can read more about here: [[mw:Talk pages project|Talk Page Project project page]]. The team needs and wants your help at this early stage. They are starting to develop the first idea. Please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>"Getting involved"</strong>]] section of the project page, if you would like to hear about opportunities to participate. === Mobile visual editor === The Editing team is trying to make it simpler to edit on mobile devices. The team is changing the [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile|visual editor on mobile]]. If you have something to say about editing on a mobile device, please leave a message at [[mw:Talk:VisualEditor on mobile|Talk:VisualEditor on mobile]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|Edit Cards]] ==== [[File:Edit Cards-before-v3-comparison.png|thumb|486x486px|What happens when you click on a link. The new Edit Card is bigger and has more options for editing links.]] * On 3 September, the Editing team released [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|version 3 of Edit Cards]]. Anyone could use the new version in the mobile visual editor. * There is an [[:File:Edit Cards comparison v2 and v3.png|updated design]] on the Edit Card for adding and modifying links. There is also a new, [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#2 September 2019 - v3 deployment timing|combined workflow for editing a link's display text and target]]. * Feedback: You can try the new Edit Cards by opening the mobile visual editor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[:mw:Topic:V5rg0cqmikpubmjj|Edit cards talk page]]. ==== [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh|Toolbar]] ==== [[File:Toolbar-comparison-v1.png|thumb|486px|The editing toolbar is changing in the mobile visual editor. The old system had two different toolbars. Now, all the buttons are together. [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Tell the team what you think about the new toolbar]].]] * In September, the Editing team updated the mobile visual editor's editing toolbar. Anyone could see these changes in the mobile visual editor. ** <em>One toolbar:</em> All of the editing tools are located in one toolbar. Previously, the toolbar changed when you clicked on different things. **<em>New navigation:</em> The buttons for moving forward and backward in the edit flow have changed. **<em>Seamless switching:</em> an [[phab:T228159|improved workflow]] for switching between the visual and wikitext modes. * Feedback: You can try the refreshed toolbar by opening the mobile VisualEditor on a smartphone. Please post your feedback on the [[mw:Topic:V79x6zm8n6i4nb56|Toolbar feedback talk page]]. === Wikimania === The Editing Team attended [[wmania:2019:Program|Wikimania 2019]] in Sweden. They led a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/Visual editing on mobile: An accessible editor for all|the mobile visual editor]] and a session on [[wmania:2019:Community Growth/After Flow: A new direction for improving talk pages|the new talk pages project]]. They tested [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Toolbar refresh#v1 prototype|two]] new [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards#v3 prototype|features]] in the mobile visual editor with contributors. You can read more about what the team did and learned in [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile#Wikimania Stockholm: Overview|the team's report on Wikimania 2019]]. === Looking ahead === * <strong>Talk Pages Project:</strong> The team is thinking about the first set of proposed changes. The team will be working with a few communities to pilot those changes. The best way to stay informed is by adding your username to the list on the project page: [[mw:Talk pages project#Getting involved|<strong>Getting involved</strong>]]. * <strong>Testing the mobile visual editor as the default:</strong> The Editing team plans to post results before the end of the calendar year. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/VE mobile default|<strong>VisualEditor as mobile default project page</strong>]]. * <strong>Measuring the impact of Edit Cards:</strong> This study asks whether the project helped editors add links and citations. The Editing team hopes to share results in November. The best way to stay informed is by adding the project page to your watchlist: [[mw:VisualEditor on mobile/Edit cards|<strong>Edit Cards project page</strong>]]. – [[User:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 13:12, 29 Diphalane 2019 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Johan (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Johan_(WMF)/Target_lists/VE_201910/4&oldid=19500850 --> == Editing news 2020 #1 – Discussion tools == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v1.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Screenshot showing what the Reply tool looks like|This early version of the Reply tool automatically signs and indents comments.]] The [[mw:Editing|Editing team]] has been working on [[mw:Talk pages project|the talk pages project]]. The goal of the talk pages project is to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. This project is the result of the [[mw:Talk pages consultation 2019|Talk pages consultation 2019]]. [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|thumb|300px|alt=Reply tool improved with edit tool buttons|In a future update, the team plans to test a tool for easily linking to another user's name, a rich-text editing option, and other tools.]] The team is building a [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|new tool for replying]] to comments now. This early version can sign and indent comments automatically. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20version%201.0|test the new Reply tool]].</strong> *On 31 March 2020, the new {{Int:discussiontools-replylink}} tool was offered as a [[mw:Beta Feature|Beta Feature]] editors at four Wikipedias: [[w:ar:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Arabic]], [[w:nl:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Dutch]], [[w:fr:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|French]], and [[w:hu:Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Hungarian]]. If your community also wants early access to the new tool, contact [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)]]. *The team is planning some upcoming changes. <strong>Please [[mw:Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|review the proposed design]] and share your thoughts on the talk page.</strong> The team will test features such as: **an easy way to mention another editor ("pinging"), **a rich-text visual editing option, and **other features identified through user testing or recommended by editors. To hear more about Editing Team updates, please add your name to the [[mw:Talk pages project#Get involved|<strong>"Get involved"</strong>]] section of the project page. You can also watch [[File:MediaWiki Vector skin blue star watchlist icon.svg|frameless|16px]] these pages: [[mw:Talk pages project|the main project page]], [[mw:Talk pages project/Updates|Updates]], [[mw:Talk pages project/replying|Replying]], and [[mw:Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing|User testing]]. – [[user:PPelberg (WMF)|PPelberg (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:PPelberg (WMF)|talk]]) & [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[mw:User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 21:25, 8 Moranang 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Quiddity_(WMF)/sandbox2&oldid=19967064 --> == Editing news 2020 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:TalkPages-Reply-v2.0.png|alt=Mockup of the new reply feature, showing new editing tools|thumb|400x400px|The new features include a toolbar. [[mw:Talk:Talk pages project/replying|What do you think should be in the toolbar?]]]] This issue of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing|Editing]] newsletter includes information the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]], an effort to help contributors communicate on wiki more easily. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying|<strong>Reply tool</strong>]]: This is available as a Beta Feature at the four partner wikis (Arabic, Dutch, French, and Hungarian Wikipedias). The Beta Feature is called "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}". The Beta Feature will get [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying#Version%202.0|new features]] soon. The new features include writing comments in a new visual editing mode and pinging other users by typing <code>@</code>. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/replying/prototype testing#Reply%20tool%20version%202.0|test the new features]] on the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Beta Cluster|Beta Cluster]] now. Some other wikis will have a chance to try the Beta Feature in the coming months. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/New requirements for user signatures|<strong>New requirements for user signatures</strong>]]: Soon, users will not be able to save invalid custom signatures in [[Special:Preferences]]. This will reduce signature spoofing, prevent page corruption, and make new talk page tools more reliable. Most editors will not be affected. * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion|<strong>New discussion tool</strong>]]: The Editing team is beginning work on a simpler process for starting new discussions. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/New discussion#Design|see the initial design on the project page]]. * [[m:Special:MyLanguage/Research:Usage of talk pages|<strong>Research on the use of talk pages</strong>]]: The Editing team worked with the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Research|Wikimedia research team]] to study how talk pages help editors improve articles. We learned that new editors who use talk pages make more edits to the main namespace than new editors who don't use talk pages. – [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 22:33, 17 Phupu 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Trizek (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Trizek_(WMF)/sandbox/temp_MassMessage_list&oldid=20184653 --> == Editing news 2020 #3 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2020/July|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:50M@2x.png|thumb|alt=A gold star with a blue ribbon, and the text 50m|More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop.|400px]] Seven years ago this month, the [[mw:Editing team|Editing team]] offered the visual editor to most Wikipedia editors. Since then, editors have achieved many milestones: * More than <strong>50 million edits</strong> have been made using the visual editor on desktop. * More than <strong>2 million new articles</strong> have been created in the visual editor. More than 600,000 of these new articles were created during 2019. * The visual editor is <strong>increasingly popular</strong>. The proportion of all edits made using the visual editor has increased every year since its introduction. * In 2019, <strong>35% of the edits by newcomers</strong> (logged-in editors with ≤99 edits) used the visual editor. This percentage has <strong>increased every year</strong>. * Almost <strong>5 million edits on the mobile site</strong> have been made with the visual editor. Most of these edits have been made since the Editing team started improving the [[mw:Mobile visual editor|mobile visual editor]] in 2018. * On 17 November 2019, the [https://discuss-space.wmflabs.org/t/first-edit-made-to-wikipedia-from-outer-space/2254 <strong>first edit from outer space</strong>] was made in the mobile visual editor. 🚀 👩‍🚀 * Editors have made more than <strong>7 million edits in the 2017 wikitext editor</strong>, including starting <strong>600,000 new articles</strong> in it. The [[mw:2017 wikitext editor|2017 wikitext editor]] is VisualEditor's built-in wikitext mode. You can [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|enable it in your preferences]]. [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 14:55, 9 Mosegamanye 2020 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=20232673 --> == Sepedi == Poledisano [[Mošomi:Chezzy K|Chezzy K]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Chezzy K|talk]]) 07:33, 14 Diphalane 2020 (SAST) == Translation of "Free Encyclopedia" == Hi! The current logo of Wikipedia in your language says "Ensaeklopidia ya mahala". Is this a good translation of "The Free Encyclopedia"? The word "Free" is supposed to be in the sense of "liberated", "not constrained", "unfettered". More like "free country" or "free people", and not like "given without paying money". In the Oxford English - Northern Sotho Dictionary I can find these words as translations of free: lokologile, ntle le tefo, sesolo, go se be. Looking at the examples, the most appropriate word for me appears to be "lokologile". I cannot find the word "mahala" in this dictionary at all. What do you think? Given this information, do you still think that "Ensaeklopidia ya mahala" is a good translation for "The Free Encyclopedia", or should it perhaps be changed with the word "lokologile", or some other Northern Sotho word? Thanks! Tagging hopefully relevant people: [[User:Mohau]], [[User:Aliwal2012]], [[User:Thuvack]]. --[[Mošomi:Amire80|Amir E. Aharoni]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Amire80|talk]]) 10:13, 11 Manthole 2020 (SAST) :Hello Amir! I took note of your question above, but don't have an answer for you at the moment, sorry. You are correct in your argument about what "Free Encyclopedia" should mean. Regards, [[Mošomi:Aliwal2012|Aliwal2012]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Aliwal2012|talk]]) 10:30, 11 Manthole 2020 (SAST) == Wikimania 2021: Individual Program Submissions == [[File:Wikimania logo with text 2.svg|right|200px]] Dear all, Wikimania 2021 will be [[:wikimania:2021:Save the date and the Core Organizing Team|hosted virtually]] for the first time in the event's 15-year history. Since there is no in-person host, the event is being organized by a diverse group of Wikimedia volunteers that form the [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers|Core Organizing Team]] (COT) for Wikimania 2021. '''Event Program''' - Individuals or a group of individuals can submit their session proposals to be a part of the program. There will be translation support for sessions provided in a number of languages. See more information [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines#Language Accessibility|here]]. Below are some links to guide you through; * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions|Program Submissions]] * [[:wikimania:2021:Submissions/Guidelines|Session Submission Guidelines]] * [[:wikimania:2021:FAQ|FAQ]] Please note that the deadline for submission is 18th June 2021. '''Announcements'''- To keep up to date with the developments around Wikimania, the COT sends out weekly updates. You can view them in the Announcement section [[:wikimania:2021:Announcements|here]]. '''Office Hour''' - If you are left with questions, the COT will be hosting some office hours (in multiple languages), in multiple time-zones, to answer any programming questions that you might have. Details can be found [[:wikimania:2021:Organizers#Office hours schedule|here.]] Best regards, [[Mošomi:MediaWiki message delivery|MediaWiki message delivery]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:MediaWiki message delivery|talk]]) 06:18, 16 Phupu 2021 (SAST) On behalf of Wikimania 2021 Core Organizing Team <!-- Message sent by User:Bodhisattwa@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21597568 --> == Editing news 2021 #2 == <div class="plainlinks mw-content-ltr" lang="en" dir="ltr"> <em>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2021/June|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</em> [[File:Reply Tool A-B test comment completion.png|alt=Junior contributors comment completion rate across all participating Wikipedias|thumb|296x296px|When newcomers had the Reply tool and tried to post on a talk page, they were more successful at posting a comment. ([https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ Source])]] Earlier this year, the Editing team ran a large study of [[mw:Talk pages project/Replying|the Reply Tool]]. The main goal was to find out whether the Reply Tool helped [[mw:Talk pages project/Glossary|newer editors]] communicate on wiki. The second goal was to see whether the comments that newer editors made using the tool needed to be reverted more frequently than comments newer editors made with the existing wikitext page editor. The key results were: * Newer editors who had automatic ("default on") access to the Reply tool were [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ more likely] to post a comment on a talk page. * The comments that newer editors made with the Reply Tool were also [https://wikimedia-research.github.io/Reply-tools-analysis-2021/ less likely] to be reverted than the comments that newer editors made with page editing. These results give the Editing team confidence that the tool is helpful. <strong>Looking ahead</strong> The team is planning to make the Reply tool available to everyone as an opt-out preference in the coming months. This has already happened at the Arabic, Czech, and Hungarian Wikipedias. The next step is to [[phab:T280599|resolve a technical challenge]]. Then, they will deploy the Reply tool first to the [[phab:T267379|Wikipedias that participated in the study]]. After that, they will deploy it, in stages, to the other Wikipedias and all WMF-hosted wikis. You can turn on "{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}" [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|in Beta Features]] now. After you get the Reply tool, you can change your preferences at any time in [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|talk]]) </div> 16:14, 24 Phupu 2021 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Elitre (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=21624491 --> == Fatima Meer == Fatima Meer o belegwe ka la di 12 Phato 1928 gola Durban nageng ya Kwa Zulu Natal .A hlokofala ngwageng wa 2010 hlakola kadi 12 .Fatima ebe ele mongwadi wa di puku wa go tuma kudu nageng ya South Africa. Obe a tumile bakeng sa go ngwala ka tša thuto ammogo le tshedimošo ya tša golwela tokologo ya Afrika Borwa ka bophara. Ebe ele yo mongwe wa bao ba bego ba le kgahlanong le kgatelelo ya tokologo ya batho baso yes be bego e atile pele kudu ke batho bašweu. Fatima Meer o ile a ithuta gota pele oa morago ga go fetša marematlou unibesithing ya Wits,university of johannesburg ammogo le University of Kwa Zulu Natal . Fatima Meer ebe ele omongwe wa ba thomi ba Jubilee South Africa ,Bathomi mmogo ba Tshepetšo ya mokgahlo wa Jubille 200 movement, Yeo e bego e eme pele bakeng sa go lweša phumolo ya melatonin ya dikoloto tša Dinara tšeo di saitekago ka tša boikemelo. Fatima Meer ke moabi wa dipoelo tše botse kudu gotšwa go ba mmušo le ba lefapha la ditokelo tša botho le batho.Moo a ilego a thopa sefoka aba a lebogwa ka di Mpho tša mangwalo Onase. Fatima Meer ebe ele profesa ka mangwalo a thuto , Ebe ele yo mongwe wa bagwera ba Morena Mandela bao ba bego balwela tokologo ya ditokelo tša batho baso ebile ale gare alwela tikologo ka go lweša kgatelelo ya ditokelo . Fatima oile a tlogela lefase la kakeko ka morago ga bolwetši bjo bo kopana bja kgatelelo ya marapo (stroke) ka morago ga beke tše pedi . Otlogetše bana ba gagwe elego  Rashid Meer, Shehnaz Meer, Shamin Meer. Mongwadi Mmamoloko Engelinah Buthane. [[Mošomi:Ms C4H10|Ms C4H10]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Ms C4H10|talk]]) 17:22, 16 Dibatsela 2021 (SAST) == <span lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr">Editing news 2022 #1</span> == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[metawiki:VisualEditor/Newsletter/2022/April|Read this in another language]] • [[m:VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> [[File:Junior Contributor New Topic Tool Completion Rate.png|thumb|New editors were more successful with this new tool.]] The [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:DiscussionTools#New discussion tool|New topic tool]] helps editors create new ==Sections== on discussion pages. New editors are more successful with this new tool. You can [[mw:Talk pages project/New topic#21 April 2022|read the report]]. Soon, the Editing team will offer this to all editors at the 20 Wikipedias that participated in the test. You will be able to turn it off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]].<section end="message"/> </div> [[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] 20:55, 2 Mopitlo 2022 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=22019984 --> == Deployment of FLORES Machine Translation to Northern Sotho Wikipedia == Hello Friends! Apologies as this message is not in your native language {{Int:Please-translate}}. The WMF Language team plans to introduce a machine translation (MT) support for the Content Translation in Northern Sotho Wikipedia called FLORES. This means that you can choose to use [https://ai.facebook.com/blog/the-flores-101-data-set-helping-build-better-translation-systems-around-the-world/ FLORES machine translation] when translating Wikipedia articles to Northern Sotho using [https://nso.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ContentTranslation the Content Translation tool]. The FLORES Machine Translation is provided by an [https://ai.facebook.com/ AI research team at Meta] through a free for use API key that allows the Content Translation to access the service on the FLORES server for an evaluation trial period. This MT will be set as default in your Wikipedia, but you can choose not to use it by selecting "Start with empty paragraph" from the "Initial Translation" dropdown menu. The Wikimedia Foundation has worked out an agreement that allows the use of FLORES without compromising Wikipedia’s policies about attribution of rights, your privacy as a user, and brand representation. You can find more information about the FLORES Machine translation on [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Content_translation/Machine_Translation/Flores#Summary_of_our_agreement_with_Meta this page]. Please note that the use of the FLORES MT is not compulsory. However, we would want your community to: *use it once it is deployed to improve the quality of the Machine Translation service *[https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Talk:Content_translation provide feedback] about our plans, its quality once deployed and ask any questions you might have about this addition. We trust that introducing this MT is a good support to the Content Translations tool towards having better quality articles in Northern Sotho Wikipedia. Thank you! [[Mošomi:UOzurumba (WMF)|UOzurumba (WMF)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:UOzurumba (WMF)|talk]]) 01:35, 1 Phupu 2022 (SAST) == Editing news 2023 #1 == <div lang="en" dir="ltr" class="mw-content-ltr"> <section begin="message"/><i>[[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter/2023/February|Read this in another language]] • [[m:Special:MyLanguage/VisualEditor/Newsletter|Subscription list for this multilingual newsletter]]</i> This newsletter includes two key updates about the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing team|Editing]] team's work: # The Editing team will finish adding new features to the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project|Talk pages project]] and deploy it. # They are beginning a new project, [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|Edit check]]. <strong>Talk pages project</strong> [[File:Page Frame Features on desktop.png|alt=Screenshot showing the talk page design changes that are currently available as beta features at all Wikimedia wikis. These features include information about the number of people and comments within each discussion.|thumb|300px|Some of the upcoming changes]] The Editing team is nearly finished with this first phase of the [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project|Talk pages project]]. Nearly all [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Usability|new features]] are available now in the [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-betafeatures|Beta Feature for {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. It will show information about how active a discussion is, such as the date of the most recent comment. There will soon be a new "{{int:skin-action-addsection}}" button. You will be able to turn them off at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-editing-discussion]]. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk:Talk_pages_project/Usability#c-PPelberg_(WMF)-20230215001000-Feedback:_Proposed_Revisions_to_%22Add_topic%22_button|tell them what you think]]. [[File:Daily edit completion rates mobile talk pages.png|thumb|300px|Daily edit completion rate by test group: DiscussionTools (test group) and MobileFrontend overlay (control group)]] An A/B test for [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk pages project/Mobile|{{int:discussiontools-preference-label}} on the mobile site]] has finished. Editors were [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Talk_pages_project/Mobile#Status_Updates|more successful with {{int:discussiontools-preference-label}}]]. The Editing team is enabling these features for all editors on the mobile site. <strong>New Project: Edit Check</strong> The Editing team is beginning [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Edit check|a project to help new editors of Wikipedia]]. It will help people identify some problems before they click "{{int:publishchanges}}". The first tool will encourage people to add references when they add new content. Please [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Watchlist|watch]] that page for more information. You can [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Editing_team/Community_Conversations#20230303|join a conference call on 3&nbsp;March&nbsp;2023]] to learn more.<section end="message"/> </div> –[[User:Whatamidoing (WMF)|Whatamidoing (WMF)]] ([[User talk:Whatamidoing (WMF)|{{int:Talkpagelinktext}}]]) 01:24, 23 Dibokwane 2023 (SAST) <!-- Message sent by User:Quiddity (WMF)@metawiki using the list at https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Global_message_delivery/Targets/VisualEditor/Newsletter/Wikis_with_VE&oldid=24611966 --> == Wikimedia South Africa Human Rights Day Edit-a-thon 2025 == '''Good day, Fellow Wikipedians of Sepedi Wiki''' Wikimedia South Africa invites you to the first of many online edit-a-thons aimed at expanding African content on Wikipedia in African languages. This inaugural event will be held in celebration of '''South Africa’s Human Rights Day''', a day of remembrance for the '''Sharpeville Massacre''' and a tribute to those who fought for the freedoms we enjoy today. Currently, much of this important history is only available in English and Afrikaans. Our goal is to change that by making it accessible in '''South African native languages'''. Join us in bridging the language gap and ensuring that this rich history is available to all. '''Date:''' 21 March 2025 '''Time:''' 10:00 - 17:00 (Join in at any time) '''Platform:''' Google Meet '''Human Rights Day Edit-a-thon 2025''' Friday, 21 March · 10:00am – 5:00pm Time zone: Africa/Johannesburg Google Meet joining info '''Video call link''': <nowiki>https://meet.google.com/zax-dtqt-nua</nowiki> Or dial: ‪(ZA) +27 10 823 0626‬ PIN: ‪120 006 126‬# More phone numbers: <nowiki>https://tel.meet/zax-dtqt-nua?pin=4396322570287</nowiki> Let's come together to honor the past and contribute to a more inclusive Wikipedia. We look forward to seeing you there. Best regards, '''Wikimedia South Africa''' [[Mošomi:Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)|Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)]] ([[Boledišana le Mošomi:Indiphile Ntliziyombi (WMZA)|talk]]) 19:46, 20 Hlakola 2025 (SAST) smkr356th8oegieshk5uqdatcgvrk5b 0 13849 55141 54931 2026-07-09T07:21:03Z Joyful05 8650 55141 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Lebaka la go Fa Bana Maina a Mabe ka Sepedi''' Ka setšong sa Sepedi, maina a na le bohlokwa bjo bo tseneletšego bja setšo, bja leago le bja semoya. Bana ba bangwe ba fiwa maina ao a ka kwagalago a sa kgahliše goba a "mabe" go batho ba ka ntle, eupša maina a gantši a phetha morero o bohlokwa. Ka setšo, go dumelwa gore maina a bjalo a šireletša bana go madimabe, meoya ye mebe, lehufa, goba lehu leo ​​le boeletšwago ka gare ga lapa (Suzman, 1994). Batswadi ba ka kgetha leina leo le sa kgahlišego go nola moko maatla a semoya a kotsi go tšea ngwana, kudu ge bana ba peleng ba hwile ba sa le ba bannyane. Maina a mabe le ona a ka bontšha maemo a thata ao a dikologilego go belegwa ga ngwana. Ba ka tšweletša bohloko bja lapa, go nyamišwa, bodiidi goba dintwa, ba šoma bjalo ka kgopotšo ya ditlhohlo tšeo ba itemogetšego tšona (Neethling, 1995). Maemong a mangwe, maina a reretšwe go fetišetša molaetša go setšhaba goba go bao ba swerego lapa gampe (Koopman, 2002). Gaešita le ge maina a a ka bonagala e le a mabe, gantši a newa ka lerato le kholofelo ya go phologa ga ngwana le go phela gabotse. Ge setšhaba se fetoga, malapa a mantši a Sepedi bjale a rata maina ao a nago le ditlhalošo tše dibotse mola a sa hlompha ditšo tša setšo. Go kwešiša mabaka a maina a go thuša batho go lemoga bohumo bja setšo sa Sepedi le tumelo ya gore leina le rwele bobedi tlhalošo le maatla bophelong bja motho (Thembi, 2018). References Koopman, A. (2002). ''Zulu names''. University of Natal Press. Molema, S. M. (1920). ''The Bantu: Past and present''. W. Green & Sons. Neethling, B. (1995). ''Naming among the Xhosa of South Africa''. Human Sciences Research Council. Suzman, S. M. (1994). Names as pointers: Zulu personal naming practices. ''Language in Society, 23''(2), 253–272. <nowiki>https://doi.org/10.1017/S0047404500017840</nowiki> Thembi, M. N. (2018). African naming practices and cultural identity in South Africa. ''South African Journal of African Languages, 38''(2), 185–194. svim8et0p7zsq3gtmo610jkqnmqvlvz 55142 55141 2026-07-09T09:27:01Z Joyful05 8650 55142 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Lebaka la go Fa Bana Maina a Mabe ka Sepedi''' Ka setšong sa Sepedi, maina a na le bohlokwa bjo bo tseneletšego bja setšo, bja leago le bja semoya. Bana ba bangwe ba fiwa maina ao a ka kwagalago a sa kgahliše goba a "mabe" go batho ba ka ntle, eupša maina a gantši a phetha morero o bohlokwa. Ka setšo, go dumelwa gore maina a bjalo a šireletša bana go madimabe, meoya ye mebe, lehufa, goba lehu leo ​​le boeletšwago ka gare ga lapa (Suzman, 1994). Batswadi ba ka kgetha leina leo le sa kgahlišego go nola moko maatla a semoya a kotsi go tšea ngwana, kudu ge bana ba peleng ba hwile ba sa le ba bannyane. Maina a mabe le ona a ka bontšha maemo a thata ao a dikologilego go belegwa ga ngwana. Ba ka tšweletša bohloko bja lapa, go nyamišwa, bodiidi goba dintwa, ba šoma bjalo ka kgopotšo ya ditlhohlo tšeo ba itemogetšego tšona (Neethling, 1995). Maemong a mangwe, maina a reretšwe go fetišetša molaetša go setšhaba goba go bao ba swerego lapa gampe [1]. Gaešita le ge maina a a ka bonagala e le a mabe, gantši a newa ka lerato le kholofelo ya go phologa ga ngwana le go phela gabotse. Ge setšhaba se fetoga, malapa a mantši a Sepedi bjale a rata maina ao a nago le ditlhalošo tše dibotse mola a sa hlompha ditšo tša setšo. Go kwešiša mabaka a maina a go thuša batho go lemoga bohumo bja setšo sa Sepedi le tumelo ya gore leina le rwele bobedi tlhalošo le maatla bophelong bja motho (Thembi, 2018). References [1] Koopman, A. (2002). ''Zulu names''. University of Natal Press. ISBN: "9781869140038 [2] Neethling, B. (1995). ''Naming among the Xhosa of South Africa''. Human Sciences Research Council. [3] Suzman, S.M. (1994). Names as pointers: Zulu personal naming practices. Lang. Soc. 1994, 23, 253–272, <nowiki>https://doi.org/10.1017/s0047404500017851</nowiki>. [4] Thembi, M. N. (2018). African naming practices and cultural identity in South Africa. ''South African Journal of African Languages, 38''(2), 185–194. == References == <references /> bn1c7hag11522v270b1i8tim789y629 55144 55142 2026-07-09T09:56:07Z Joyful05 8650 55144 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Lebaka la go Fa Bana Maina a Mabe ka Sepedi''' Ka setšong sa Sepedi, maina a na le bohlokwa bjo bo tseneletšego bja setšo, bja leago le bja semoya. Bana ba bangwe ba fiwa maina ao a ka kwagalago a sa kgahliše goba a "mabe" go batho ba ka ntle, eupša maina a gantši a phetha morero o bohlokwa. Ka setšo, go dumelwa gore maina a bjalo a šireletša bana go madimabe, meoya ye mebe, lehufa, goba lehu leo ​​le boeletšwago ka gare ga lapa.<ref>https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Names-as-pointers%3A-Zulu-personal-naming-practices-Suzman/d7792416af09f412057fc2d33a2b381590c28260</ref> Batswadi ba ka kgetha leina leo le sa kgahlišego go nola moko maatla a semoya a kotsi go tšea ngwana, kudu ge bana ba peleng ba hwile ba sa le ba bannyane. Maina a mabe le ona a ka bontšha maemo a thata ao a dikologilego go belegwa ga ngwana. Ba ka tšweletša bohloko bja lapa, go nyamišwa, bodiidi goba dintwa, ba šoma bjalo ka kgopotšo ya ditlhohlo tšeo ba itemogetšego tšona.<ref>https://twistjournal.net/twist/article/view/1007</ref> Maemong a mangwe, maina a reretšwe go fetišetša molaetša go setšhaba goba go bao ba swerego lapa gampe. <ref>https://pentzbooks.co.za/products/9781869140038?srsltid=AfmBOooAnB2cHla_UYCodGbpH2pPqsWTXzGQg9NmO_9DS806rvnuLRYd</ref> Gaešita le ge maina a a ka bonagala e le a mabe, gantši a newa ka lerato le kholofelo ya go phologa ga ngwana le go phela gabotse. Ge setšhaba se fetoga, malapa a mantši a Sepedi bjale a rata maina ao a nago le ditlhalošo tše dibotse mola a sa hlompha ditšo tša setšo. Go kwešiša mabaka a maina a go thuša batho go lemoga bohumo bja setšo sa Sepedi le tumelo ya gore leina le rwele bobedi tlhalošo le maatla bophelong bja motho. <ref>https://unisapressjournals.co.za/index.php/SAJFS/article/view/17861</ref> == References == <references /> 37l5hg8ylhfepfejwfhz15msblpyfhq 55149 55144 2026-07-09T10:53:26Z Joyful05 8650 55149 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Seswantšho:South African Primary School Children 04.jpg|thumb|African Children]] '''Lebaka la go Fa Bana Maina a Mabe ka Sepedi''' Ka setšong sa Sepedi, maina a na le bohlokwa bjo bo tseneletšego bja setšo, bja leago le bja semoya. Bana ba bangwe ba fiwa maina ao a ka kwagalago a sa kgahliše goba a "mabe" go batho ba ka ntle, eupša maina a gantši a phetha morero o bohlokwa. Ka setšo, go dumelwa gore maina a bjalo a šireletša bana go madimabe, meoya ye mebe, lehufa, goba lehu leo ​​le boeletšwago ka gare ga lapa.<ref>https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Names-as-pointers%3A-Zulu-personal-naming-practices-Suzman/d7792416af09f412057fc2d33a2b381590c28260</ref> Batswadi ba ka kgetha leina leo le sa kgahlišego go nola moko maatla a semoya a kotsi go tšea ngwana, kudu ge bana ba peleng ba hwile ba sa le ba bannyane. Maina a mabe le ona a ka bontšha maemo a thata ao a dikologilego go belegwa ga ngwana. Ba ka tšweletša bohloko bja lapa, go nyamišwa, bodiidi goba dintwa, ba šoma bjalo ka kgopotšo ya ditlhohlo tšeo ba itemogetšego tšona.<ref>https://twistjournal.net/twist/article/view/1007</ref> Maemong a mangwe, maina a reretšwe go fetišetša molaetša go setšhaba goba go bao ba swerego lapa gampe. <ref>https://pentzbooks.co.za/products/9781869140038?srsltid=AfmBOooAnB2cHla_UYCodGbpH2pPqsWTXzGQg9NmO_9DS806rvnuLRYd</ref> Gaešita le ge maina a a ka bonagala e le a mabe, gantši a newa ka lerato le kholofelo ya go phologa ga ngwana le go phela gabotse. Ge setšhaba se fetoga, malapa a mantši a Sepedi bjale a rata maina ao a nago le ditlhalošo tše dibotse mola a sa hlompha ditšo tša setšo. Go kwešiša mabaka a maina a go thuša batho go lemoga bohumo bja setšo sa Sepedi le tumelo ya gore leina le rwele bobedi tlhalošo le maatla bophelong bja motho. <ref>https://unisapressjournals.co.za/index.php/SAJFS/article/view/17861</ref> == References == <references /> m653vepr9fnxjastwdzjj1nvgo7d0ie 55150 55149 2026-07-09T10:57:45Z Joyful05 8650 55150 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Seswantšho:South African Primary School Children 04.jpg|thumb|Bana ba Afrika Borwa]] '''Lebaka la go Fa Bana Maina a Mabe ka Sepedi''' Ka setšong sa Sepedi, maina a na le bohlokwa bjo bo tseneletšego bja setšo, bja leago le bja semoya. Bana ba bangwe ba fiwa maina ao a ka kwagalago a sa kgahliše goba a "mabe" go batho ba ka ntle, eupša maina a gantši a phetha morero o bohlokwa. Ka setšo, go dumelwa gore maina a bjalo a šireletša bana go madimabe, meoya ye mebe, lehufa, goba lehu leo ​​le boeletšwago ka gare ga lapa.<ref>https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Names-as-pointers%3A-Zulu-personal-naming-practices-Suzman/d7792416af09f412057fc2d33a2b381590c28260</ref> Batswadi ba ka kgetha leina leo le sa kgahlišego go nola moko maatla a semoya a kotsi go tšea ngwana, kudu ge bana ba peleng ba hwile ba sa le ba bannyane. Maina a mabe le ona a ka bontšha maemo a thata ao a dikologilego go belegwa ga ngwana. Ba ka tšweletša bohloko bja lapa, go nyamišwa, bodiidi goba dintwa, ba šoma bjalo ka kgopotšo ya ditlhohlo tšeo ba itemogetšego tšona.<ref>https://twistjournal.net/twist/article/view/1007</ref> Maemong a mangwe, maina a reretšwe go fetišetša molaetša go setšhaba goba go bao ba swerego lapa gampe. <ref>https://pentzbooks.co.za/products/9781869140038?srsltid=AfmBOooAnB2cHla_UYCodGbpH2pPqsWTXzGQg9NmO_9DS806rvnuLRYd</ref> Gaešita le ge maina a a ka bonagala e le a mabe, gantši a newa ka lerato le kholofelo ya go phologa ga ngwana le go phela gabotse. Ge setšhaba se fetoga, malapa a mantši a Sepedi bjale a rata maina ao a nago le ditlhalošo tše dibotse mola a sa hlompha ditšo tša setšo. Go kwešiša mabaka a maina a go thuša batho go lemoga bohumo bja setšo sa Sepedi le tumelo ya gore leina le rwele bobedi tlhalošo le maatla bophelong bja motho. <ref>https://unisapressjournals.co.za/index.php/SAJFS/article/view/17861</ref> == References == <references /> 1lj5jlxevs6i9z85skvxjz9dvhzq0ys 2 13875 55132 2026-07-08T14:12:00Z Nkaisane 8651 Tlhodile letlakala ka 'Leina laka ke nna Nkaisane. [[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 1|Draft 1]] - [[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 2|Draft 2]]' 55132 wikitext text/x-wiki Leina laka ke nna Nkaisane. [[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 1|Draft 1]] - [[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 2|Draft 2]] c4nczg1zc9wnhr39u2f047qpq7euvpg 2 13876 55133 2026-07-08T14:12:06Z Joyful05 8650 Tlhodile letlakala ka 'Leina laka ke JoyFul Draft [[Mošomi:Joyful05/Draft 1|1]]- [[Draft 2/|Draft]] [[Draft 1|2]]' 55133 wikitext text/x-wiki Leina laka ke JoyFul Draft [[Mošomi:Joyful05/Draft 1|1]]- [[Draft 2/|Draft]] [[Draft 1|2]] eym7s6dbli73wrruxxyw4lcujtyvexi 2 13877 55134 2026-07-08T14:15:07Z Joyful05 8650 Tlhodile letlakala ka '[[Draft 32/ Draft 32]]' 55134 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Draft 32/ Draft 32]] jisbbuedjs3mfe3nar79rjeuon0wjod 0 13878 55135 2026-07-08T14:18:35Z Joyful05 8650 Tau 55135 wikitext text/x-wiki Tau d1la2socsqe9x7z24z9u2s87mvgxmz1 2 13879 55136 2026-07-08T14:19:12Z Nkaisane 8651 Tlhodile letlakala ka '[[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 1/MOKGOKO|MOKGOKO]]' 55136 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Mošomi:Nkaisane/Draft 1/MOKGOKO|MOKGOKO]] oc1roabrx982qzeksuy18o5t5ltkw6u 55143 55136 2026-07-09T09:27:04Z Nkaisane 8651 55143 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa (2)(3). '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba (1)(3). Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. '''Ditšhupetšo (Harvard)''' 1. Mphasha, L.E. (2013). ''The Inclusion of Cultural Meanings in Northern Sotho Dictionaries''. Journal of Social Sciences. 2. Rakgogo, T.J. & Van Huyssteen, L. (2019). ''A constitutional language name, lost in translation and its impact on the identity of first language speakers''. South African Journal of African Languages. 3. Webb, V. (2002). ''Language in South Africa: The Role of Language in National Transformation, Reconstruction and Development''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /> mysi9058wszoaf8zw3u8yv87mg4lnb4 55145 55143 2026-07-09T10:11:23Z Nkaisane 8651 /* Ditšhupetšo */ 55145 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa (2)(3).<ref>https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02572117.2018.1429871</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba.<ref>http://krepublishers.com/02-Journals/JSSA/JSSA-04-0-000-13-Web/JSSA-04-3-000-13-Abst-PDF/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E-Tt.pmd.pdf</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. '''Ditšhupetšo (Harvard)''' 1. Mphasha, L.E. (2013). ''The Inclusion of Cultural Meanings in Northern Sotho Dictionaries''. Journal of Social Sciences. 2. Rakgogo, T.J. & Van Huyssteen, L. (2019). ''A constitutional language name, lost in translation and its impact on the identity of first language speakers''. South African Journal of African Languages. 3. Webb, V. (2002). ''Language in South Africa: The Role of Language in National Transformation, Reconstruction and Development''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /><ref>https://doi.org/10.31901/24566764.2013/04.03.02</ref> bp2bestlfeyldde3o7wzv2nkacwpqu1 55146 55145 2026-07-09T10:16:20Z Nkaisane 8651 55146 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa .<ref>https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02572117.2018.1429871</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba.<ref>http://krepublishers.com/02-Journals/JSSA/JSSA-04-0-000-13-Web/JSSA-04-3-000-13-Abst-PDF/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E-Tt.pmd.pdf</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. '''Ditšhupetšo (Harvard)''' 1. Mphasha, L.E. (2013). ''The Inclusion of Cultural Meanings in Northern Sotho Dictionaries''. Journal of Social Sciences. 2. Rakgogo, T.J. & Van Huyssteen, L. (2019). ''A constitutional language name, lost in translation and its impact on the identity of first language speakers''. South African Journal of African Languages. 3. Webb, V. (2002). ''Language in South Africa: The Role of Language in National Transformation, Reconstruction and Development''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /><ref>https://doi.org/10.31901/24566764.2013/04.03.02</ref> i3yiohmw8jn9zaroknnrshia5gwxil4 55147 55146 2026-07-09T10:34:58Z Nkaisane 8651 55147 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa .<ref>https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02572117.2018.1429871</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba.<ref>http://krepublishers.com/02-Journals/JSSA/JSSA-04-0-000-13-Web/JSSA-04-3-000-13-Abst-PDF/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E-Tt.pmd.pdf</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /><ref>https://doi.org/10.31901/24566764.2013/04.03.02</ref> 7zy3zdir5n260evgkt2gb6cqqkfhj35 55148 55147 2026-07-09T10:52:43Z Nkaisane 8651 55148 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Seswantšho:Cafe cup 1822 Hungary.jpg|thumb|Mohlala wa mokgoko ka seswantšho sa komiki]] '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa .<ref>https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02572117.2018.1429871</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba.<ref>http://krepublishers.com/02-Journals/JSSA/JSSA-04-0-000-13-Web/JSSA-04-3-000-13-Abst-PDF/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E-Tt.pmd.pdf</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /><ref>https://doi.org/10.31901/24566764.2013/04.03.02</ref> tf2gi8cnwul0wzxopqi86tt70jfi217 55151 55148 2026-07-09T11:05:42Z Nkaisane 8651 55151 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Seswantšho:Cafe cup 1822 Hungary.jpg|thumb|Mohlala wa mokgoko ka seswantšho sa komiki]] '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' [[Polelo ya Sepedi]] e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa .<ref>https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/02572117.2018.1429871</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba.<ref>http://krepublishers.com/02-Journals/JSSA/JSSA-04-0-000-13-Web/JSSA-04-3-000-13-Abst-PDF/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E/JSSA-04-3-183-13-085-Mphasha-L-E-Tt.pmd.pdf</ref><ref>https://api.pageplace.de/preview/DT0400.9789027297631_A24763244/preview-9789027297631_A24763244.pdf</ref> Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. == '''Ditšhupetšo''' == <references /><ref>https://doi.org/10.31901/24566764.2013/04.03.02</ref> 7tvvcoin82ghfyi45jjjpbhruuo17fl 0 13880 55137 2026-07-08T14:31:22Z Nkaisane 8651 Tlhodile letlakala ka 'E kaba mokgoko ke eng?' 55137 wikitext text/x-wiki E kaba mokgoko ke eng? 4ytxppif2ejigcrfye8uc57rq4i5da1 2 13881 55140 2026-07-09T07:19:04Z Nkaisane 8651 Tlhodile letlakala ka ''''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eu...' 55140 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Matseno: Thlaloso ya Mokgoko''' Polelo ya Sepedi e humile ka mantšu ao a laetšago dilo, meetlo le tsela ya bophelo bja setšo. Le lengwe la mantšu ao ke '''mokgoko''', leo le šupago seripana sa sedirišwa seo se swarwago ka seatla ge motho a rwala goba a šomiša selo. Ka tlwaelo, mokgoko o hwetšagala godimo ga kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se nyakago go swarwa gabonolo. Lentšu le ga le hlaloše fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša le bontšha bohlokwa bja polelo ya Sepedi go hlaloša dikarolo tša bophelo bja letšatši le letšatši ka mokgwa wo o nepagetšego. Ka go realo, mantšu a go swana le mokgoko ke karolo ya bohwa bja polelo le setšo sa Bapedi, ao a swanetšego go ngwalwa, go nyakišišwa le go šireletšwa (Webb, 2002; Rakgogo & Van Huyssteen, 2019). '''Tlemaganyo ya Mokgoko''' Mokgoko ke lentšu la setlogo leo le tšwago maitemogelong a setšo le tšhomišo ya dilo tša ka mehla mo setšhabeng sa Bapedi. Go tloga mehleng ya bogologolo, batho ba be ba bopa le go diriša dipitša tša letsopa, dikgamelo tša kota, dikgopo le dibjana tše dingwe tšeo di bego di nyaka karolo ya go swara gore go be bonolo go rwala goba go tšhela meetse le dijo. Karolo ye e ile ya tsebja e le '''mokgoko'''. Le ge lehono go šomišwa dibjana tša polasitiki, galase le tšhipi, lentšu '''mokgoko''' le sa tšwela pele go šomišwa go hlaloša handle ya kopi, kgamelo, pitša, lebotlelo goba sedirišwa se sengwe seo se swarwago ka seatla. Se se bontšha gore polelo ya Sepedi e kgona go boloka mantšu a setšo le ge mekgwa ya bophelo e fetoga. Go ya ka banyakišiši ba dipolelo tša Afrika Borwa, mantšu a go swana le a a bontšha kamano magareng ga polelo, setšo le histori ya setšhaba (Mphasha, 2013; Webb, 2002). Ka gona, mokgoko ga se fela karolo ya sedirišwa, eupša ke mohlala wa kamoo polelo ya Sepedi e akaretšago tsebo ya setšo, bokgoni bja go hlaloša tikologo le bophelo bja batho. Go ngwala le go hlaloša mantšu a mohuta wo go thuša go boloka polelo ya Sepedi le bohwa bja yona bakeng sa meloko ye e tlago. '''Ditšhupetšo (Harvard)''' Mphasha, L.E. (2013). ''The Inclusion of Cultural Meanings in Northern Sotho Dictionaries''. Journal of Social Sciences. Rakgogo, T.J. & Van Huyssteen, L. (2019). ''A constitutional language name, lost in translation and its impact on the identity of first language speakers''. South African Journal of African Languages. Webb, V. (2002). ''Language in South Africa: The Role of Language in National Transformation, Reconstruction and Development''. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. lzv416lwlgaew5b6hzcc9my3b10u04n